0% found this document useful (0 votes)

10 views112 pages

Precast Prestressed Bridge Girder Design

Uploaded by

Tangiri Michael

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

10 views112 pages

Precast Prestressed Bridge Girder Design

Uploaded by

Tangiri Michael

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

Precast, Prestress Bridge

Girder Design Example

PGSuper Training

WSDOT Bridge and Structures Office

Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Title Precast, prestressed bridge girder design example – PGSuper Publication No.
Training
Abstract
This document is a detailed design example of a 165 ft long, WF74G precast-prestressed concrete bridge girder. The
example illustrates design, analysis, and load rating of a typical exterior girder in a horizontally curved structure. The
primary design elements include alignment and bridge geometrics, loads and load distribution, flexure design for
optimized fabrication, shear design, deflections and camber, slab haunch build-up, lateral stability during initial
lifting of the girder from the casting bed and hauling the girder from the fabrication facility to the bridge site,
treatment of prestress losses, load rating, reinforced elastomeric bearing design. This example is intended to illustrate
the calculations performed by the BridgeLink::PGSuper computer program, and the
BridgeLink::BEToolbox::BrgCalc application

Notes

Author Richard Brice, PE Sponsor WSDOT

Specification AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 9th Edition, 2020
WSDOT Bridge Design Manual (M 23-50.21), June 2022
Original Publication Date 10/18/2018 Date of Latest Revision 9/17/2024 Version 3.5
Notice of Copyright Copyright © 2018-2024, Washington State Department of Transportation, All rights
reserved
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Table of Contents
1 Introduction...................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Sign Convention .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Bridge Description ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1 Site Conditions ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
2.2 Roadway ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.3 Bridge Layout .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
3 Design Preliminaries ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
3.1 Construction Sequence................................................................................................................................................. 4
3.2 Girder Length ............................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Section Properties ........................................................................................................................................................ 6
3.3.1 Effective Flange Width ........................................................................................................................................ 6
3.3.2 Composite Girder Properties................................................................................................................................ 6
3.3.3 First Moment of Area of deck slab, ..................................................................................................................... 8
3.3.4 Section Property Summary .................................................................................................................................. 8
3.4 Structural Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.4.1 Girder Fabrication ................................................................................................................................................ 9
3.4.2 Erected Girder .................................................................................................................................................... 10
3.4.3 Analysis Results Summary ................................................................................................................................ 14
3.4.4 Limit State Responses ........................................................................................................................................ 15
3.4.5 Live Load Distribution Factors .......................................................................................................................... 15
4 Flexure Design ............................................................................................................................................................... 18
4.1 Step 1 Design for Final Service Conditions ............................................................................................................... 21
4.1.1 Stresses due to loads on non-composite section................................................................................................. 21
4.1.2 Stresses due to loads on the composite section .................................................................................................. 21
4.1.3 Check Estimate of Final Concrete Strength ....................................................................................................... 24
4.2 Step 2 - Design for Lifting without Temporary Top Strands ..................................................................................... 25
4.2.1 Proportion Strands ............................................................................................................................................. 25
4.2.2 Prestress losses ................................................................................................................................................... 26
4.2.3 Concrete strength for form stripping .................................................................................................................. 27
4.2.4 Check girder stability ......................................................................................................................................... 28
4.3 Step 3 - Design for Shipping ...................................................................................................................................... 35
4.4 Step 4 - Design for Lifting with Temporary Top Strands .......................................................................................... 36
4.4.1 Prestress losses ................................................................................................................................................... 36
4.4.2 Check girder stability ......................................................................................................................................... 37
4.5 Step 5 – Revise Shipping Design ............................................................................................................................... 42
4.5.1 Estimate Prestress Losses at Shipping ............................................................................................................... 42
i
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

4.5.2 Check Girder Stability ....................................................................................................................................... 44

4.5.3 Check concrete strength ..................................................................................................................................... 54
4.6 Step 6 – Check Erection Stresses ............................................................................................................................... 55
4.6.1 Losses between Transfer to Deck Placement ..................................................................................................... 55
4.6.2 Stresses .............................................................................................................................................................. 57
4.7 Step 7 – Check Final Conditions................................................................................................................................ 58
4.7.1 Losses from Deck Placement to Final ................................................................................................................ 58
4.7.2 Stresses .............................................................................................................................................................. 60
4.7.3 Moment Capacity ............................................................................................................................................... 64
4.8 Check Splitting Resistance ........................................................................................................................................ 69
4.9 Check Confinement Zone Reinforcement.................................................................................................................. 70
5 Shear Design .................................................................................................................................................................. 70
5.1 Locate Critical Section for Shear ............................................................................................................................... 70
5.2 Check Ultimate Shear Capacity ................................................................................................................................. 71
5.2.1 Compute Nominal Shear Resistance .................................................................................................................. 71
5.2.2 Check Requirement for Transverse Reinforcement ........................................................................................... 74
5.2.3 Check Minimum Transverse Reinforcement ..................................................................................................... 74
5.2.4 Check Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement................................................................................... 75
5.3 Check Longitudinal Reinforcement for Shear ........................................................................................................... 75
5.4 Check Horizontal Interface Shear .............................................................................................................................. 76
5.4.1 Check Nominal Capacity ................................................................................................................................... 76
5.4.2 Check Minimum Reinforcement ........................................................................................................................ 77
6 Check the “A” Dimension ............................................................................................................................................. 77
6.1 Slab and Fillet ............................................................................................................................................................ 77
6.2 Profile Effect .............................................................................................................................................................. 78
6.2.1 Vertical Curve .................................................................................................................................................... 79
6.2.2 Horizontal Curve................................................................................................................................................ 80
6.2.3 Profile Effect ...................................................................................................................................................... 80
6.3 Girder Orientation Effect ........................................................................................................................................... 80
6.4 Excess Camber ........................................................................................................................................................... 81
6.4.1 Compute Creep Coefficients .............................................................................................................................. 83
6.4.2 Compute Deflections ......................................................................................................................................... 83
6.5 Check Required Haunch ............................................................................................................................................ 84
6.6 Compute Lower Bound Camber at 40 days ............................................................................................................... 84
6.6.1 Creep Coefficients ............................................................................................................................................. 84
6.6.2 Compute Deflections ......................................................................................................................................... 84
6.7 Check for Possible Girder Sag ................................................................................................................................... 84
ii
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

7 Bearing Seat Elevations ................................................................................................................................................. 84

8 Design Summary............................................................................................................................................................ 85
9 Load Rating ................................................................................................................................................................... 85
9.1 Inventory Rating ........................................................................................................................................................ 85
9.1.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 85
9.1.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 86
9.1.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state .............................................................................................................. 86
9.2 Operating Rating ........................................................................................................................................................ 87
9.2.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 87
9.2.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 87
9.3 Legal Loads................................................................................................................................................................ 87
9.3.1 Moment .............................................................................................................................................................. 88
9.3.2 Shear .................................................................................................................................................................. 88
9.3.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state .............................................................................................................. 89
9.3.4 Special Hauling Vehicles (SHV) ....................................................................................................................... 89
9.4 Permit Loads .............................................................................................................................................................. 89
10 Elastomeric Bearing Design .......................................................................................................................................... 91
10.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................................ 91
10.2 Loads And Movements for Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 92
10.2.1 Loads.................................................................................................................................................................. 92
10.2.2 Rotations ............................................................................................................................................................ 92
10.2.3 Shear Deformation ............................................................................................................................................. 94
10.3 Design Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................... 97
10.4 Layer Thickness Check .............................................................................................................................................. 97
10.4.1 Steel Shim Thickness (LRFD [Link].5) .......................................................................................................... 97
10.4.2 Elastomer Thickness (LRFD [Link].2-1) ........................................................................................................ 98
10.5 Combined Shear Strain Check (LRFD [Link].3) .................................................................................................... 98
10.6 Check For Stability (LRFD [Link].4) ................................................................................................................... 100
10.7 Restraint System Requirement (LRFD [Link]) ..................................................................................................... 101
10.8 Bearing Pad Slip Check ........................................................................................................................................... 101
10.9 Compressive Deflection (LRFD [Link].6) ............................................................................................................ 101
10.9.1 Initial Dead Load Deflection............................................................................................................................ 101
10.9.2 Instantaneous Live Load Deflection ................................................................................................................ 101
11 Software ....................................................................................................................................................................... 102
12 References.................................................................................................................................................................... 102

iii
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Bridge Plan................................................................................................................................................................ 2
Figure 2-2: Bridge Section at Station 7+82.50 ............................................................................................................................ 2
Figure 2-3: Girder Dimensions .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Figure 2-4: Slab Detail................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Figure 3-1 Assumed Construction Sequence ............................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 3-2 Connection Geometry ................................................................................................................................................ 5
Figure 3-3 Effective Flange Width .............................................................................................................................................. 6
Figure 3-4 Centroid of Non-composte and Composite Section ................................................................................................... 8
Figure 3-5 Main slab section for slab loading............................................................................................................................ 11
Figure 3-5: Slab Haunch ............................................................................................................................................................ 12
Figure 3-6: HL93 Live Load Model .......................................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 3-7: eg Detail................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Figure 4-1: Optimized Fabrication Girder Design Procedure .................................................................................................... 20
Figure 4-2: Optimum Strand Arrangement ................................................................................................................................ 26
Figure 4-3: Equilibrium of Hanging Girder ............................................................................................................................... 29
Figure 4-4: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Lifting......................................................................................................... 29
Figure 4-5: Offset Factor ........................................................................................................................................................... 31
Figure 4-6: Equilibrium during Hauling .................................................................................................................................... 45
Figure 4-7: Prestress induced Deflection based on Storage Datum ........................................................................................... 46
Figure 4-8: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Storage ....................................................................................................... 47
Figure 4-9: Discretized Girder Section for Strain Compatibility Analysis ................................................................................ 66
Figure 5-1: Graphical method to Determine Critical Section Location ..................................................................................... 71
Figure 6-1: Slab + Fillet Effect .................................................................................................................................................. 78
Figure 6-2: General Method for Profile Effect .......................................................................................................................... 78
Figure 6-3: Vertical Curve Effect .............................................................................................................................................. 79
Figure 6-4: Horizontal Curve Effect .......................................................................................................................................... 80
Figure 6-5: Girder Orientation Effect ....................................................................................................................................... 81
Figure 6-6: Camber Effect ......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Figure 6-7: Camber Diagram ..................................................................................................................................................... 82

iv
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Revisions

Date Version Name Revision

10/8/2018 1.0 Brice Original example
03/09/2022 2.0 Brice Updated calculations of capacity reduction factor for flexure
03/18/2022 3.0 Brice Changed bridge configuration and girder type so design includes temporary top
strands for shipping.
06/02/2022 3.1 Brice Evaluation of total reinforcement strain from moment capacity analysis did not
include the initial strain. The calculation is updated to show the total strain is the
sum of the net tensile strain and the initial strain.
10/19/2022 3.2 Brice Editorial and format revisions
07/09/2024 3.3 Brice Updated beam stress calculations per PCI BDM 4th Edition
Boutilier General revisions and improvements. Added new section of bearing pad design
08/07/2024 3.4 Boutilier General revisions to bearing pad analysis
09/17/2024 3.5 Brice Updated lifting with temporary top strand calculations

v
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

1 Introduction
The purpose of this document is to illustrate how the PGSuper computer program performs its computations. PGSuper is a
computer program for the design, analysis, and load rating of precast, prestressed concrete girder bridges.
A design example followed by a load rating analysis, and an elastomeric bearing design illustrates the engineering
computations performed by PGSuper. PGSuper uses a state-of-the-art iterative design algorithm and other iterative
computational procedures. Only the final iterative steps are of interest. To avoid lengthy iterations in this document, trial
variables are “guessed” based on the final iterations produced by the software.
PGSuper uses 16 decimals of precision. There will be minor differences between these “hand” calculations and numbers
reported by PGSuper. When noted, these calculations adopt numeric values reported by PGSuper.

1.1 Sign Convention

This document and PGSuper use the following sign convention.
Item Value
Compression <0
Tension >0
Upward Deflection >0
Downward Deflection <0
Top Section Modulus <0
Bottom Section Modulus >0
Strand Eccentricity above Centroid <0
Strand Eccentricity below Centroid >0

2 Bridge Description
2.1 Site Conditions
Normal Exposure
Average Ambient Relative Humidity: 75%

2.2 Roadway
Alignment
PI Station Back Tangent Delta Radius
10+00 N 34° 45’ 32” W 12° 34’ 15” R 6000 ft
Profile
PVI Station PVI Elevation Grade in (𝐠𝐠 𝟏𝟏 ) Grade out (𝐠𝐠 𝟐𝟐 ) Length
9+00 100.00 -2% -1.5% 600 ft
Superelevations
Left Right
ft ft
0.04 −0.04
ft ft

1
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

2.3 Bridge Layout

Back of Pavement Seat, Abutment 1, 7+00
Back of Pavement Seat, Abutment 2, 8+65
Abutments are oriented at S 58° 41′ 13.47" W
Abutment 1, Skew Angle 0°
Abutment 2, Skew Angle 1° 34′ 32.28" L

Figure 2-1: Bridge Plan

Figure 2-2: Bridge Section at Station 7+82.50

2
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Girders
6 WF74G @ 7’-0” A = 923.531 in2
measured radial at BPS Ix = 734356.0 in4
Iy = 72018.4 in4
49.000in.
Yt = 38.343 in
Yb = 35.657 in
St = 19152.5 in3
Sb = 20594.8 in3
Perimeter = 289.284 in 6.125in.

Wtf = 49.0 in

74.000in.
Wbf = 38.375 in
tweb = 6.125 in

f’ci = to be determined
f’c = to be determined
wc = 155 lb/ft3
wc = 165 lb/ft3 (including rebar) 38.375in.
Prestressing = to be determined

Figure 2-3: Girder Dimensions

Harping points at 0.4L from the end of the girder.

Interior Diaphragms
Rectangular – Between girders only. H = 62.875 in Located at 0.25Ls, 0.50Ls and 0.75Ls.
T = 8.00 in

Slab
Gross Depth = 7.5 in
Overhang Edge Depth = 7.0 in
Overhang = Varies
Edge Offset = 21’-0”
Overall width = 42’-0”
Slab Offset (“A” Dimension) = To be
determined
Fillet = ¾”
Sacrificial Depth = ½”
f’c = 4 ksi
wc = 150 lb/ft3
wc = 155 lb/ft3 (including rebar)
Future Wearing Surface, 0.035 k/ft2

Figure 2-4: Slab Detail

3
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Strands
0.6” Diameter fpu = 270.0 ksi
Grade 270 fpy = 243.0 ksi
Low Relaxation Eps = 28500 ksi
aps = 0.217 in2/per strand

Traffic Barrier
42” Single Slope
Design weight = 0.690 kip/ft/barrier
Load is distributed to 3 exterior girders

Load Modifiers
Ductility Redundancy Importance
ηD = 1.0 ηR = 1.0 ηI = 1.0

Criteria
Design in accordance with the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specification, Ninth Edition, 2020 and
the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual
Load Rate in accordance with AASHTO, The Manual for Bridge Evaluation, Third Edition, 2018 with
2020 interim revisions and the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual

WSDOT policy is to design using gross section properties (BDM 5.6.2.I) using
refined estimate of prestress losses (BDM 5.4.1.C) and elastic gains. PGSuper
supports stress analysis with transformed section properties, the LRFD
approximate method for estimating prestress losses, and a non-linear time-step
analysis.

3 Design Preliminaries
The framing of this bridge results in girders that are all the same length. The left exterior girder (Girder A) has the largest
overhang at mid-span. Design and load rate Girder A.

3.1 Construction Sequence

Figure 3-1 shows the assumed construction sequence. PGSuper models the various construction stages with Construction
Events.

4
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Event 1 – Construct Girders and Erect Piers

Event 2 – Erect Girders

Event 3 – Remove Temporary Strands

and Cast Diaphragms

Event 4 – Cast Deck

Event 5 – Construct Traffic Barriers

Event 6 & 7– Open to Traffic

Figure 3-1 Assumed Construction Sequence

3.2 Girder Length

For a typical stub abutment with a Type A connection, the centerline of bearing is located 2’-8.5” from, and measured normal
to, the back of pavement seat (BPS). The distance from the centerline bearing to the end of the girder is 1’-8.5” measured
normal to the CL Bearing, which is parallel to the back of pavement seat.

BPS CL Brg CL Brg BPS

Radial at Radial at
7+00 8+65

Parallel lines

θ
d2

1.7083' θ

2.7083'
d2 = d1/cosθ
θ = 1.575634°
164.995'

Figure 3-2 Connection Geometry

5
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

The BPS-to-BPS distance of 165 ft is measured along the arc of the horizontal curve. The angle subtended by the girder is
𝐿𝐿 180 165 180 𝛿𝛿 1.575634
𝛿𝛿 = 𝑐𝑐 = = 1.575634°. The chord length of the girder is 2𝑅𝑅 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 2(6000) 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 164.995 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 .
𝑅𝑅 𝜋𝜋 6000 𝜋𝜋 2 2

The bearing-to-bearing span length is 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 164.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − (2.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)/𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (1.575634) = 159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.
The overall girder length is 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = 159.577𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 1.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + (1.7083𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)/𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (1.575634) = 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.

3.3 Section Properties

Compute the composite section properties. The basic (non-composite) girder section properties are given in the bridge
description.

3.3.1 Effective Flange Width

The effective flange width of a composite concrete deck slab is the tributary width of the member (LRFD [Link].1). LRFD
C4.[Link] states “These provisions are considered applicable for skew angles less than or equal to 75 degrees, L/S greater
than or equal to 2.0 and overhang widths less than or equal to 0.5S”. The maximum overhang is approximately 4 ft which
exceeds S/2 = 3.5ft. For this reason, the overhang portion of the effective flange width is taken to be equal to S/2.

7'-0"
S/2 =3.5' S/2 =3.5'

A B

Varies 3.5ft - 4.07'ft S=7'-0"

Figure 3-3 Effective Flange Width

The effective flange width is measured perpendicular to the centerline of the girder.
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑤𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = (3.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 3.5𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1.575634 = 83.9𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

3.3.2 Composite Girder Properties

Transform the slab to equivalent girder material and use the parallel axis theorem to compute the composite girder properties.
At mid-span the bottom of the slab is above the top of the girder by the fillet amount (¾”). If the actual camber exceeds the
predicted camber, the ¾” fillet can be easily lost. Assume the bottom of the slab is directly on top of the girder. This provides
the least stiff section where the maximum demand occurs. For simplicity, use this section model at all locations (BDM
5.6.2.B.1).

PGSuper has options to include the haunch depth in the section properties calculations. Each section
can use the minimum haunch depth (fillet dimension) or the actual haunch depth. Using the actual

6
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

haunch depth means there is a different set of section properties at every cross section. Using more
precise section properties may be desirable for load rating.

Modulus of elasticity of slab concrete

0.33
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 120,000𝐾𝐾1 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (120,000)(1.0)(0.150)2 (4.0)0.33 = 4266.223 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Modulus of elasticity of girder concrete assuming a concrete strength of 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
0.33
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 120,000𝐾𝐾1 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (120,000)(1.0)(0.155)2 (8.7)0.33 = 5886.891 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

The overall controlling 28-day design concrete strength is 8.7 ksi after multiple design iterations and
refinements. See Section 4.6.2.

𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑛𝑛 = = = 0.725
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The sacrificial wearing surface is not part of the structural section. Use the structural slab depth for computing section
properties.
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ − 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ = 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Area Yb (Area)(Yb)
Slab (0.725)(83.9𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 425.793𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 32998.958𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
74.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 77.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2
Girder 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 32930.345𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Total 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 = 1349.324𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 65929.303𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∑(𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)(𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏 ) 65929.303𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = = = 48.861𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∑(𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴) 1349.324𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝐻𝐻𝑔𝑔 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 74.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 48.861𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 25.139𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Area d (Area)(d2) Io Io + (Area)(d2 )
Slab 425.793𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 349207.761𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1
74.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (0.725)(83.9𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
2 12
− 48.861𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 28.639𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1738.653𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
350946.414𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 48.861𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 161013.58𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 895369.58𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
= −13.204𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Girder
𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
= 1246315.994𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 1246315.994𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− = −25507.378𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 48.861𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

7
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 1246315.994𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = = = 49628.319𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 25.113𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

3.3.3 First Moment of Area of deck slab,

𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑄𝑄𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + � = 425.793𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 �25.113𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + � = 12183.2125𝑛𝑛3
2 2

3.3.4 Section Property Summary

Below are the section properties from PGSuper. They are slightly different then the properties computed above. Use the
section properties reported by PGSuper for better agreement between these calculations and the software.

83.99"

32.116
38.343"
Composite CG

74" 81"
Noncomposite CG
48.867"
35.657"

Figure 3-4 Centroid of Non-composte and Composite Section

Table 3-1: Section Properties from PGSuper

Girder Composite Girder

Area, 𝐀𝐀 923.531 in2 1349.614 in2

𝐈𝐈𝐱𝐱 734356.0 in4 1246570.6in4
𝐈𝐈𝐲𝐲 72018.4 in4 -
𝐘𝐘𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠 38.343 in 25.113 in
𝐘𝐘𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 - 32.116 in
𝐘𝐘𝐛𝐛 35.657 in 48.867 in
3
𝐒𝐒𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠 −19152.5 in −49599.7 in3
𝐒𝐒𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 - −53531.9 in3
𝐒𝐒𝐛𝐛 20594.8 in3 25509.3 in3
𝐐𝐐𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 - 12199.9 in3
Effective Flange Width, 𝐖𝐖𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞 - 83.992 in
Perimeter 289.284 in -

8
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

3.4 Structural Analysis

There are several significant stages during the life of a prestressed girder. PGSuper automatically models these stages as
Construction Events. The events, and the related construction activities, are:
1) Fabricate girders
a) Tension strands, place reinforcement, form girders, cast concrete, concrete curing. Initial relaxation of the
prestressing strand occurs.
b) Strip forms and impart the precompression force into the girder (aka Release)
c) Move girders into storage area (Initial lifting)
d) Elapsed time during storage (creep, shrinkage, and relaxation losses occur)
2) Erect girders
a) Prior to erection, the girders must be transported from the fabrication facility to the bridge site
b) Erect and brace girders
c) De-tension temporary strands (if applicable)
3) Cast diaphragms and deck (dead load is applied to non-composite girder section)
4) Install railing system (traffic barriers, sidewalks, etc.) (dead load is applied to composite section)
5) Final without Live Load (includes future overlay if applicable)
6) Final with Live Load
PGSuper models the individual steps within a Construction Event with Analysis Intervals. For example, Event 1 – Construct
Girders, models five analysis intervals: Tension Strands and Cast Concrete, Elapsed Time during Curing, Prestress Release,
Lifting, Placement into Storage, and Elapsed Time during Storage.
The analysis intervals are a general modelling approach associated with time-step analysis. Precast girder design normally
uses a 2-step time-step analysis. However, PGSuper can perform a refined non-linear time-step analysis. PGSplice uses the
non-linear time-step analysis as well.

3.4.1 Girder Fabrication

Girder fabrication consists of tensioning strands, placing mild reinforcement, installing girder forms, and placing concrete.
Stripping of girder forms occurs after the concrete reaches adequate strength to accommodate the stresses and stability of the
girder. The strands are then detensioned but because of bond with the girder concrete, the tension force is transferred into the
girder concrete, compressing it. If the prestress force is eccentric to the centroid of the girder and it is sufficient to overcome
the self-weight of the girder, the girder cambers upwards. In this condition, the girder bears on its ends and bending stresses
develop.
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 = (0.165𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) � � = 1.058 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
144𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

where:
Ag = Gross cross-sectional area of the girder
wc = Unit weight of concrete
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝑙𝑙 − 𝑥𝑥)
2
Moment at point of prestress transfer
Prestress transfer occurs over 60 strand diameters (LRFD [Link].1)
𝑙𝑙𝑡𝑡 = 60𝑑𝑑𝑏𝑏 = (60)(0.6𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 36𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 253.912 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
9
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Moment at harp point (HP)

Harp point is 0.4L from the end of the girder (0.4)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 3372.99𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
Moment at mid-span (0.5L)
162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − � = 3513.534𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2 2

3.4.2 Erected Girder

Substructure elements support the girder at permanent bearing locations once erected. Bracing stabilizes the girder.
Temporary top strands are detensioned, followed by diaphragm and roadway slab casting. Installation of the railing system
occurs after the roadway slab gains adequate strength.

[Link] Diaphragm and Deck Placement

In this stage, the girder supports its self-weight along with the weight of the diaphragms and slab.

[Link].1 Diaphragm Loads

The diaphragm load for an interior girder is 𝑃𝑃 = 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐 (𝑆𝑆 − 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ), where:
H = Height of interior diaphragm
W = Width of interior diaphragm
tweb = Width of girder web
S = Spacing of girders
(83.99𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3
𝑃𝑃 = 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐 (𝑆𝑆 − 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ) = (62.875𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � = 1.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
Diaphragms are located at 39.894𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (0.25𝐿𝐿), 79.789𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (0.5𝐿𝐿) and 119.683 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (0.75𝐿𝐿) from the left bearing.

[Link].2 Slab Loads

The slab load consists of the main slab and the slab haunch.
The slab overhang varies along the length of the girder. Also, the thickness of the slab varies from 7” at the edge of deck to
7.5” at the edge of the girder top flange. The basic loading of the main slab is 𝑤𝑤𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 for interior beams and
𝑆𝑆+𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 +𝐴𝐴�
𝑤𝑤𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � � + �𝑊𝑊𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − � � for exterior beams.
2 2 2

10
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Woverhang S/2

tedge
tslab
“A”
Wtf
Slab haunch

Figure 3-5 Main slab section for slab loading

Woverhang varies along the length of the span.
Assume a slab offset (“A” dimension) of 12.5in. This assumption will be verified in Section 6.5.
The main slab weight computed by PGSuper is:
Location (ft) 𝐖𝐖𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 (𝐢𝐢𝐢𝐢) Main Slab weight (klf)

0.000 42.440 0.725

15.958 44.732 0.747
31.916 46.518 0.764
47.873 47.795 0.775
63.831 48.564 0.782
79.789 48.826 0.785
95.747 48.580 0.782
111.704 47.826 0.776
127.662 46.564 0.764
143.620 44.794 0.748
159.578 42.516 0.726

[Link].2.1 Slab Haunch Load

The slab haunch load accounts for the buildup of concrete between the top of the girder and the bottom of the main slab. This
concrete element has a width equal to the top flange width (Wtf ) and varies in depth along the length of the girder because of
camber and variations in the roadway surface.

11
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 3-6: Slab Haunch

WSDOT’s design policy is to assume the top of the girder is flat (no camber) for purposes of determining the slab haunch
load (BDM [Link]).

PGSuper provides the option to consider excess camber when determining loading. This option may be
desirable for load rating as it reduces the haunch dead load.

The basic haunch dead load at any given section is

𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ 𝑤𝑤𝑐𝑐
Assuming a slab offset (“A” dimension) of 12.5in, the slab haunch load at the start of the span is
𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = A − 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 12.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = (49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � = 0.264 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
The vertical curve causes the haunch depth to vary along the length of the girder. The table below lists the haunch loading for
half the span. This load is modeled as linear load segments.
Location 𝐭𝐭 𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡 (𝐢𝐢𝐢𝐢) 𝐰𝐰𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡𝐡 (𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤)
0.0L 5.0 0.264
0.1L 4.795 0.253
0.2L 4.635 0.244

12
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

0.3L 4.524 0.238

0.4L 4.453 0.235
0.5L 4.430 0.234

[Link] Superimposed Dead Loads

Application of superimposed dead loads occurs after the deck has reached adequate strength. The superimposed dead loads
consist of the traffic barrier and the overlay if present. The composite section is resisting these loads.

[Link].1 Traffic Barrier

The traffic barrier weight is distributed over n exterior girders, if there are 2n or more girders, otherwise the weight of the
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 +𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟ℎ𝑡𝑡
traffic barrier per girders is 𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = , where N is the number of girders in the span. From BDM 5.6.2.B.2.d,
𝑁𝑁
𝑛𝑛 = 3.
2𝑛𝑛 = 6, 𝑁𝑁 = 7, 2𝑛𝑛 < 𝑁𝑁
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.690𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = = 0.230
𝑛𝑛 3 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔

AASHTO permits equal distribution for barrier loads to all girders.

[Link] Open to Traffic

[Link].1 Future Overlay

Evenly distribute the weight of the future wearing surface to all girders. The curb-to-curb width of the deck is 39.833ft.
(39.833𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.035𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑤𝑤𝑜𝑜 = = 0.232
7 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
Take care when applying the future overlay loading. Certain stress conditions are worse before the overlay is applied and
others are worse after it is applied.

[Link].2 Live Load

The design live load is the HL93 notional model defined in the AASHTO LRFD BDS.
The vehicular live loading is the combination of the:
• design truck or design tandem (LRFD [Link])
• design lane load (LRFD [Link].1)
The design truck consists of three axles. Axle weights and spacing are, 8.0 kip, 14.0 ft, 32.0 kip, 14.0 to 30.0 ft, 32.0 kip. See
Figure 3-6 below.
The design tandem consists of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 ft apart.
The design lane load is 0.640 klf, uniformly distributed along the length of the span.

13
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

32 KIP 32 KIP
14' - 30' 14' 8 KIP

0.640 KLF

Design Truck + Lane Load

25 KIP 25 KIP
4'

0.640 KLF

Design Tandem + Lane Load

Figure 3-7: HL93 Live Load Model

Apply a dynamic load allowance (impact) of 33% to the design truck and design tandem portions of the live load response.
The fatigue live load is the design truck with the rear axle spacing fixed at 30 ft. The dynamic load allowance for fatigue is
15%.

3.4.3 Analysis Results Summary

The following load responses are computed by PGSuper.

[Link] At Release
Loading Transfer Point Harp Point Mid-Span
Girder 253.96 k ∙ ft 3373.66 k ∙ ft 3514.22 k ∙ ft

14
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

3.4.4 Limit State Responses

Group the structural responses into load cases and compute limit state responses. The total factored load, or limit state
response, is 𝑄𝑄 = ∑ 𝜂𝜂𝑖𝑖 𝛾𝛾𝑖𝑖 𝑞𝑞𝑖𝑖 . (LRFD Eqn. 3.4.1-1)
LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 gives the load factors. The limit states of importance are:
• Service I, Q = 1.0DC + 1.0DW + 1.0(LL+IM)
• Service III, Q = 1.0DC + 1.0DW + 0.8(LL+IM)
• Strength I, Q = 1.25DC + 1.50DW + 1.75(LL+IM)
• Fatigue I, Q = 0.5DC + 0.5DW + 1.5(LL+IM)

WSDOT specifies the live load factor for Service III is 0.8 for design and 1.0 for load rating. See BDM
3.5.2

3.4.5 Live Load Distribution Factors

Compute the live load distribution factors. Select the appropriate cross section type from LRFD Table [Link].1-1. A precast
I-beam with cast-in-place concrete deck corresponds to cross section k.

WSDOT deviates from the AASHTO LRFD BDS for exterior girders in type k sections as described in
BDM 3.9.3.A.

Compute the longitudinal stiffness parameter Kg.

𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 = 𝑛𝑛�𝐼𝐼 + 𝐴𝐴𝑒𝑒𝑔𝑔2 �
where:
n = modular ratio between beam and deck material 𝑛𝑛 =
𝐸𝐸𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

I = moment of inertia of the beam (in )4

A = area of beam (in2)

eg = distance between the centers of gravity of the basic beam and deck (in)

5886.9891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑛𝑛 = = 1.380
4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

ts/2
eg
Yt

Figure 3-8: eg Detail

𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 7.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑔𝑔 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡 + = 38.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 41.843𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
15
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 = 1.380[734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 + (923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(41.843𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2 ] = 3244494.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

[Link] Number of Design Lanes

The number of design lanes is equal to the integer portion of the roadway width divided by 12 ft (LRFD [Link].1).
39.833𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑁𝑁𝐿𝐿 = � � = 3 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Distribution of Live Loads per Lane for Moments in Exterior Beams
LRFD Table [Link].2d-1 gives the live load distribution factors for moments in exterior beams. For two or more loaded lanes
the exterior beam distribution factor is a function of the interior beam distribution factor. The interior beam distribution factor
is given in LRFD Table [Link].2b-1.

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

The live load distribution factor for one loaded lane is computed by the lever rule.
𝑃𝑃
∑ 𝑑𝑑𝑖𝑖
𝑔𝑔𝑀𝑀1𝑒𝑒 = (𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) 2
(𝑆𝑆)(𝑃𝑃)
Where mpf is the multiple presence factor, P is the axle load, di is the distance from the exterior girder to the wheel load, and
S is the girder spacing.
Per the WSDOT BDM 3.9.3A, when the slab cantilever length exceeds 40% of the adjacent interior girder spacing a multiple
presence factor of 1.0 is used in conjunction with the lever rule for computing the live load distribution for a single loaded
lane.

AASHTO LRFD BDS [Link].2 specifies a multiple presence factor of 1.2 for one loaded lane.

𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃
�7.854 + 1.854 �
𝑔𝑔𝑀𝑀1𝑒𝑒 = 1.0 2 2 = 0.694
7.0 𝑃𝑃

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

The live load distribution factor for two or more design lanes loaded is
𝑒𝑒 𝑖𝑖
𝑔𝑔𝑀𝑀2+ = 𝑒𝑒 𝑔𝑔𝑀𝑀2+

16
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑒
𝑒𝑒 = 0.77 +
9.1
𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑒 = horizontal distance from the centerline of the exterior web of exterior beam at the deck level to the interior edge of curb
or traffic barrier

𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 0.6 𝑆𝑆 0.2 𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 0.1
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2+ = 0.075 + � � � � � 3
�
9.5 𝐿𝐿 12.0𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
0.1
𝑖𝑖
7 0.6 7 0.2
3244494.4
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2+ = 0.075 + � � � � � � = 0.598
9.5 162.995 12.0 ∙ 162.995 ∙ 73
2.855
𝑒𝑒 = 0.77 + = 1.084
9.1
𝑒𝑒
𝑔𝑔𝑀𝑀2+ = 1.084(0.598) = 0.648
The girders are skewed with respect to end of the bridge. The skew correction factor is given in LRFD Table [Link].2e-1.
𝑓𝑓 = 1 − 𝑐𝑐1 (𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝜃𝜃) 1.5
𝑐𝑐1 = 0.0 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝜃𝜃 < 30°
The skew correction factor is 1.0.

[Link] Distribution of Live Loads per Lane for Shear in Exterior Beams
LRFD Table [Link].3b-1 gives the live load distribution factors for shear in exterior beams. For two or more loaded lanes the
exterior beam distribution factor is a function of the interior beam distribution factor. The interior beam distribution factor is
given in LRFD Table [Link].3a-1.

[Link].1 Compute Distribution Factor for Shear

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

The live load distribution factor for one loaded lane is computed by the lever rule.
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉𝑖𝑖𝑒𝑒 = 0.694

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

The live load distribution factor for two or more loaded lanes is
𝑒𝑒 𝑖𝑖
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 𝑒𝑒 𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+
𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑒
𝑒𝑒 = 0.6 +
10

𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆 2.0
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 0.2 + −� �
12 35

17
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑖𝑖
7 7 2.0
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 0.2 + − � � = 0.743
12 35
2.855
𝑒𝑒 = 0.6 + = 0.889
10
The exterior beam cannot be designed for less load than the interior beam so 𝑒𝑒 = 1.0
𝑒𝑒
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 1.0(0.743) = 0.743
The skew correction factor is given in LRFD Table [Link].3c-1.
0.3
12.0𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠3
𝑓𝑓 = 1.0 + 0.2 � � 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝜃𝜃
𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔
0+1.57
The average skew angle is 𝜃𝜃 = = 0.79°
2
0.3
12.0 ∙ 162.995 ∙ 73
𝑓𝑓 = 1.0 + 0.2 � � 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡(0.79) = 1.002
3244494.4
𝑒𝑒
𝑔𝑔𝑉𝑉2+ = 1.002(0.743) = 0.744

LRFD [Link].3c - The skew correction factor is linearly interpolated between 1.0 at mid-span to its full
value at the obtuse corner. Since the skew correction factor is 1.002, that level of detail will not be
shown in these calculations. However, PGSuper does interpolate the skew correction factor as required
by AASHTO LRFD.

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor Summary

Distribution Factor Summary for Strength and Service Limit States
Distribution 1 Loaded 2+ Loaded Controlling
Factor Lane Lanes Factor
Moment (𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠) 0.694 0.648 0.694
Shear (𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠) 0.694 0.744 0.744

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor for Fatigue Limit State

The fatigue live load distribution uses the factor for one loaded lane (LRFD [Link].3b). The single lane distribution factors
include a multiple presence factor of 1.2 when computed by the equations in LRFD Section 4. The multiple presence factor
for fatigue loading is 1.0 (LRFD [Link].2). Typically, the one loaded lane distribution factors are divided by 1.2 to get the
fatigue distribution factors. However, in this case, the one loaded lane distribution factors are computed by the lever rule with
a multiple presence factor of 1.0 per WSDOT policy so dividing by 1.2 is not needed.
Distribution Factor Summary for Fatigue Limit States
Distribution Factor 1 Loaded Lane
Moment (𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠) 0.694
Shear (𝐠𝐠𝐠𝐠) 0.694

4 Flexure Design
WSDOT and local girder fabricators developed the design methodology used by PGSuper. The concept is to design for
optimized fabrication of precast, prestressed concrete bridge girders. The primary goal is to determine the least required
concrete strength at release and initial lifting while simultaneously placing the least possible demand on the stressing system
18
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

and achieving adequate stability of the girder during handling operations. A detailed description and numerical example of
optimized fabrication design is available in the PCI Journal2. Figure 4-1 gives a high-level summary of the design procedure.
Girder stresses and stability at initial lifting and hauling are integral elements of the design process. Lifting and hauling
conditions often govern the design.
Designing precast, prestressed concrete bridge girders for lateral stability ensures safety and constructability. AASHTO
LRFD [Link] requires buckling and stability of precast members during handling, transportation, and erection to be
investigated. PCI’s Aspire Magazine3 presents WSDOT’s perspective on stability design.

19
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Step 1 - Design for final service conditions

• Determine precompression force

Step 2 - Design for lifting without temporary top strands

• Determine optimum permanent strand arrangement
• Determine lifting embedment locations for stability
• This step determines highest concrete strength at lifting

Step 3 - Design for shipping

• Estimate temporary top strand requirements
• Estimate truck support locations
• Estimate concrete strength required at shipping

Temporary top
strand required?

Yes

Step 4 - Design for lifting with temporary top strands

• Determines lowest concrete strength at lifting No
• Place lifting embedments as close to ends as possible while
maintaining adequate lateral stability

Step 5 - Revise shipping design

• Confirm temporary top strand requirements
• Confirm truck support locations
• Confirm concrete strength required at shipping

Step 6 – Check Erection Stresses

• Check stresses in erected girder after temporary top strands are
removed but before additional dead load is placed
• Check stresses in erected girder after additional dead load is placed

Step 7 – Check Final Conditions

• Check stresses in final service conditions
• Check strength conditions

Figure 4-1: Optimized Fabrication Girder Design Procedure

20
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

4.1 Step 1 Design for Final Service Conditions

Design for the Service III limit state for tensile stresses at the bottom of the girder at mid-span.

4.1.1 Stresses due to loads on non-composite section

𝑀𝑀
𝑓𝑓 =
𝑆𝑆
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡 = −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏 = 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Load Moment (k-ft) 𝐟𝐟𝐭𝐭 (𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤) 𝐟𝐟𝐛𝐛 (𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤𝐤)
Girder 3368.43 -2.110 1.963
Diaphragms 140.17 -0.088 0.082
Slab 2465.61 -1.545 1.437
Haunch 760.28 -0.476 0.443

4.1.2 Stresses due to loads on the composite section

[Link] Live Load Stresses

The live load moments computed above are for a full lane of load. These values must be scaled with the live load distribution
factor to get a per girder moment
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝑓𝑓 = 𝑔𝑔
𝑆𝑆
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Load Moment (k-ft g Moment (k- 𝒇𝒇𝒕𝒕 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝒇𝒇𝒕𝒕 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝒇𝒇𝒃𝒃 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝒇𝒇𝒃𝒃 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌)
per lane) ft per
Min Max Min Max
girder)
Design 5485.09 0.694 3804.05 -0.920 0 0 1.789
(HL93)
Fatigue 2686.86 0.694 1863.40 -0.451 0 0 0.877

21
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Stress due to slab shrinkage

Girder stresses must include those due to slab shrinkage when gains due to slab shrinkage are included in the effective
prestress force. The equivalent force is illustrated in Figure 4-2.

∆Pds

ed
Composite CG

Figure 4-2: Equivalent deck shrinkage force

−𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

∆𝑃𝑃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =
�1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 ��
1 𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = ∆𝑃𝑃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 � − �
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝐾𝐾𝑠𝑠ℎ 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0
𝑆𝑆
PGSuper computes the volume of the deck slab by integrating the full bridge width cross-sectional area over the length of the
slab, measured along the alignment curve. This is the most general solution and accounts for deck slabs that vary in width.
The surface area is twice the plan area (top and bottom of slab) less the common area with the girder top flanges plus the area
of exposed slab edges. PGSuper computes the volume to surface area ratio to be:
𝑉𝑉
= 4.154𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆

Use the gross slab depth when computing slab shrinkage effects. Shrinkage is an early age effect;
therefore, the sacrificial depth is part of the deck slab that is shrinking.

𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13(4.154) = 0.910 < 1.0 ∴ 1.0

𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 2.00 − 0.014(75) = 0.95
Slab concrete age at time of initial loading is 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ . (LRFD [Link].1)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.8(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 3.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5 5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = ′ = = 1.19
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1 + 3.2
𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 2000 − 120 = 1880 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡 1880
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = ′ = = 0.977
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 100 − 4(3.2)
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡 12 � � + 1880
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20 3.2 + 20

22
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝐾𝐾𝑠𝑠ℎ = 0.5 (BDM [Link].D – use 50% slab shrinkage strain)

𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = (0.5)(1.0)(0.95)(1.19)(0.977)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.265 × 10−3
𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 1.56 − 0.008𝐻𝐻 = 1.56 − 0.008(75) = 0.96
𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9(1.0)(0.96)(1.19)(0.978)(1)−0.118 = 2.12
The deck overhang varies along the length of the girder. At the mid-span section, the area of the deck that contributes to
shrinkage is
𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 = 681.165𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
The deck shrinkage force is
(−0.265 × 10−3 )(681.165𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝛥𝛥𝑃𝑃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = = −310.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
[1 + 0.7(2.12)]
The composite girder area is
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 = 1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
Recall that the effective overhang for section properties is limited to S/2.
The eccentricity of the center of the deck with respect to the composite section is
𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ 7.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑 = − �𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + � = − �25.133 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + � = −28.883𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
1 −28.883𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = (−310.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � 2
+ � = −0.410 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
1 −28.883𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (−310.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � + � = 0.121 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

[Link] Estimate Prestressing

Typically, the governing limit state for final service conditions is Service III
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 = 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 0.8(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = 1.963𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔) + 0.082𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.437𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) + 0.443𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ) + 0.344𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
+ 0.348𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜) + 0.121𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + (0.8)(1.789𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
= 6.169𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The stress in the girder concrete due to prestressing is
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
The tension limit is 0.0 ksi per BDM 5.2.1.C.
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

For load rating, use the tension stress limit from the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications (BDM 13.2.4)

23
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Assume the resultant prestress force is 2” above the bottom of the girder.
𝑒𝑒 = 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏 − 2𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 33.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃(33.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
6.169𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + + = 0.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑃𝑃 = −2270.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Assume a final effective prestress of 85% of the initial prestress (15% prestress loss)
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑁𝑁(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(0.85)�0.75𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
2270.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 𝑁𝑁(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(0.85)(0.75)(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑁𝑁 = 60.8
Use 61 strands.
𝑃𝑃 = 61(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(0.85)(0.75)(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2278.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.1.3 Check Estimate of Final Concrete Strength

[Link] Service limit state - compression with live load

Compression at the top of girder, Service I limit state with live load is limited to 0.6f’c.
Service I limit state for compression stresses at the top of the girder at mid-span.
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼 = 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.0(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −2.110𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔) − 0.088𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) − 1.545𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) − 0.476𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ) − 0.177𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
− 0.179𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜) − 0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) − 0.920𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿) = −5.905 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The stress due to prestressing is
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 =
+
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
−2278.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2278.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(33.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + = 1.256𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Compute the required concrete strength
−0.6𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 1.256𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 5.905𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.649𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 7.748𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Service limit state - compression without live load

Compression at the top of girder, Service I limit state without live load is limited to 0.45f’c.
Service I limit state for compression stresses at the top of the girder at mid-span.
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐼𝐼 = 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.0𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −2.110𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔) − 0.088𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) − 1.545𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) − 0.476𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ) − 0.177𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
− 0.179𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜) − 0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) = −4.985 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The stress in girder concrete due to prestressing is
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.256 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Compute the required concrete strength
−0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 1.256𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 4.985𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.729𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 8.29𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

24
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Fatigue limit state

Compression at the top of girder, Fatigue I limit state. Stress is limited to 0.4f’c.
Fatigue I limit state for compression stresses at the top of the girder at mid-span.
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐼𝐼 = 0.5𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 0.5𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.75(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 0.5�−2.110𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔) − 0.088𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) − 1.545𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) − 0.476𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ) − 0.177𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
− 0.179𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜) − 0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟)� + 1.75(−0.451𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
= −3.282 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The stress in girder concrete due to prestressing is
−2367.44𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃) (−2367.44𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(33.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + = 1.327𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.327 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Compute the required concrete strength
−0.4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.5(1.327)𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 3.282𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −2.618𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 6.55𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The required concrete strength does not exceed our assumed value of 8.7 ksi. OK

4.2 Step 2 - Design for Lifting without Temporary Top Strands

Temporary top strands are generally not required for lifting of girders. This step identifies the lifting locations that provide
adequate lateral stability and the corresponding concrete strength. The optimum strand arrangement is also determined.

4.2.1 Proportion Strands

The optimum exit location for the permanent pretensioning results in the compressive stress at the transfer point or lift point
being approximately equal to the compressive stress at the harp point. This provides the lowest exit eccentricity that does not
increase the required concrete strength at lifting. Finding this location is an iterative process. Experience has shown that a
good starting point is a ratio of straight-to-harped strands of approximately 2:1. Manipulation of the harped strands varies the
exit eccentricity.
The harped strand exit location can be manipulated in one of two ways: 1) by lowering a fixed number of harped strands at
the girder ends or, 2) by leaving the harped strands at their highest exit location and reducing the number of harped strands by
dropping pairs of strands from the harped strand group into the straight strand group. Minimizing the number of harped
strands held at their highest position at the ends of the girder provides space over the height of the web for longitudinal
reinforcement that may protrude from the end of the girder for making a connection with diaphragm concrete.
The optimal arrangement of strands for this girder is 44 straight stands with an eccentricity of 31.748 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and 17 harped
strands with end eccentricity of −26.813 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and harp point eccentricity of 30.775 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The permanent strand eccentricity at
0.5L is 31.447 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.

ee=-26.813in eh=30.775in
CG Girder

Nh = 17

Ns = 44

es=31.748in

25
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 4-2: Optimum Strand Arrangement

4.2.2 Prestress losses

[Link] Initial relaxation before transfer

Prior to the 2005 interim revisions to the LRFD 3rd Edition, relaxation before prestress transfer was included in prestress loss
calculations. Since the 2005 interim revisions, this is no longer required based on the idea that fabricators can overstress
strands to achieve an effective prestress of 0.75𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 at release. However, WSDOT retains the practice of including relaxation
prior to prestress transfer because it reflects the production practices used by local fabricators.
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24.0𝑡𝑡) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 = � − 0.55� 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
40.0 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.75𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.75(270) = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑡𝑡 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24.0 ∙ 1𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 = � − 0.55� (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1.980 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
40 243.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

This calculation is for intrinsic relaxation of the strand. Intrinsic relaxation is associated with strand
tensioned between two stationary points such as in a testing machine or between tensioning bulkheads.

[Link] Elastic Shortening

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒 2 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = + −
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 𝐼𝐼
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑁𝑁�𝑎𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ��𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
Solve this equation iteratively for P.
Assume 10% initial loss and 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 120000(1.0)(0.155)2 (7.4)0.33 = 5580.731 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = 61(0.217)(1 − 0.10)(202.5) = 2412.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2412.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (2412.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2 (3514.22𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = + − = 4.059 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (4.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 20.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = (61)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.68𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2380.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
PGSuper performs this calculation with a very small convergence tolerance. The calculations are also performed at many
points along the girder because the center of the prestress force changes due to harped strand location and the girder dead
load moment changes along the length of the girder. There is less elastic shortening effect at the ends of the girder than at
mid-span. Since stability tends to govern the design, and temporary strands require extra effort by the fabricator and the
contractor, this refinement in the analysis is used to minimize concrete strength and temporary strand usage. The effective
prestress force at release and initial lifting for various points (as determined by PGSuper) are given below. The initial loss
converges to 11%.
26
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Location Effective Prestress after release, ∆𝒇𝒇𝒑𝒑𝒑𝒑𝒑𝒑 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌)

𝑷𝑷(𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌)
PSXFR 2423.16 17.461
HP 2380.27 20.701
0.5Lg 2384.47 20.384

4.2.3 Concrete strength for form stripping

This is not an essential design step; however, it helps to illustrate that the initial lifting case typically governs the initial
concrete strength. Check the point of prestress transfer and the harp point.

[Link] Stress in girder concrete due to prestressing

𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the point of prestress transfer is 𝑃𝑃 = 2423.16 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 with an eccentricity of
16.166 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
−(2423.16𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−2423.16𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(16.166𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = −0.578𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(2423.16𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−2423.16𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(16.166𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −4.526𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the harp point is 𝑃𝑃 = 2380.27 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 with an eccentricity of 31.477 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
−(2380.27𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−2380.27𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = 1.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(2380.27𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−2380.27𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −6.215𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

At the harp point

𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = 0.4(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (65.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 3373.66𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2

27
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

3373.66𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −2.114𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
3373.66𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.966𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Total stress

At the point of prestress transfer
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −0.578 + −0.159 = −0.738 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −4.526 + 0.148 = −4.378 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
At the harp point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.335 − 2.114 = −0.779 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −6.215 + 1.996 = −4.219 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Required strength at form stripping

At the point of prestress transfer
−0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.378𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 6.74 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
At the harp point
−0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.219𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 6.49 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Theoretically, the concrete curing system and forms can be removed, and the prestress force can be
imparted into the girder at this concrete strength. This would allow crews to begin work and reduce the
time until construction of the next girder can begin. However, there must be a high degree of confidence
that the lifting and final concrete strength targets can be attained.

4.2.4 Check girder stability

PGSuper performs many iterations to converge on an adequate lifting configuration. The solution converges for lifting
devices located 11 ft from the ends of the girder.

The PGSuper Fabrication Options Report gives the required lift point and initial concrete strength for
lifting without temporary strands as well as lifting with pretensioned or post-tensioned temporary
strands.

Actual imperfections of the girder, such as sweep and offset of lifting loops, are not known at design time. For design,
assume the maximum values permitted by WSDOT construction tolerances.

28
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 4-3: Equilibrium of Hanging Girder

[Link] Vertical Location of Center of Gravity

The location of the center of gravity is critical to the stability analysis. Girder camber, sweep, and lift loop offset all factor
into the location of the center of gravity with respect to the lifting roll axis.

[Link].1 Estimate Camber

Compute camber for the girder in the hanging configuration. The stability analysis procedure needs the camber measured
from a datum at the ends of the girder, not the lift points.

[Link].1.1 Girder
The total girder deflection relative to the end of the girder is the sum of the deflection at the girder ends and the mid-span
deflection.

∆g1

∆g2
Figure 4-4: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Lifting

𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

At girder ends
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔1 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= �3(11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 �11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)� − (140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 � � �
24(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )
4 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= 0.551 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Mid-span
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔2 = − =� − ��
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 16(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −2.296𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.067𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −2.229𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].1.2 Prestressing
29
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Since the girder is unrestrained, the location of the supports does not affect the overall prestress deflection measured between
the ends of the girder and the mid-point.

[Link].1.2.1 Straight Strands

44
𝑃𝑃 = � � (2384.47𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1719.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
61
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿2 (1719.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.447𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
∆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = � � = 6.308𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
8𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 8(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2

[Link].1.2.2 Harped Strands

17
𝑃𝑃 = � � (2384.47𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 664.52 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
61
𝑒𝑒 ′ = 𝑒𝑒ℎ𝑝𝑝 − 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − (−26.813𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)) = 57.588 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑏𝑏 = 0.4
′ (664.52𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(57.588𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒
𝑁𝑁 = = � � = 48.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (0.4)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑏𝑏(3 − 4𝑏𝑏 2 )𝑁𝑁𝐿𝐿3 𝑃𝑃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝐿𝐿2
∆ℎ𝑠𝑠 = +
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 8𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
0.4(3 − 4(0.4)2 )(48.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= � �
24(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
(664.52𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−26.813𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
+ � � = 3.513𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 1.973𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.540𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
8(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2

[Link].1.3 Camber at lifting

∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝛥𝛥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝛥𝛥ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 6.308𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 1.540𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 7.848𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = −∆𝑔𝑔1 + 𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔2 + ∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = −0.551𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.229𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 7.848𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.068𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].2 Location the roll axis above the top of girder

Lifting loops tend to be flexible laterally. Assume the rotation occurs at the top of the girder.
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Offset factor

The offset factor locates the center of mass of the girder with respect to the roll axis.

30
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Elevation View

Centroid of Girder
(Parabolic Arc)

yr = Ytop + yrc - ∆[(Ls/Lg)2 – 1/3]

Inclined lift cable force, P
∆/3 Vertical component of lift force Pv
2
yrc ∆(Ls/Lg)
Horizontal component of lift force Ph
Ytop
∆
Roll Axis
Center of Mass

a Ls=Lg-2a a

Center of mass with respect to the roll axis

∆(Ls/Lg)2 – ∆/3 = ∆[(Ls/Lg)2 – 1/3]
Offset Factor = (Ls/Lg)2 – 1/3

Figure 4-5: Offset Factor

2
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 1 140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1
𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 = � � − =� � − = 0.415
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 3 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3

[Link].4 Location of CG below roll axis

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 (∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 38.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − (0.415)(5.068𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 36.24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Lateral Deflection Parameters

[Link].1 Lateral Sweep

Sweep tolerance is 1/8” per 10 ft (Std Spec. 6-02.3(25)J)
162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1
𝛥𝛥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 8

[Link].2 Initial Lateral Eccentricity

Initial lateral eccentricity of center of gravity of girder due to lateral sweep and eccentricity of lifting devices from CL girder
𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = 0.25 in (Std Spec. 6-02.3(25)I)
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 = 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 𝛥𝛥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = (0.415)(2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 0.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.095𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Lateral Deflection of CG

Lateral deflection of center of gravity due to total girder weight applied to weak axis
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 = 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = (1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 172.45𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

31
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿5𝑠𝑠 2 3 4
6𝑎𝑎5
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � � � − 𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + 3𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + �
12𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 10 5
172.45𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5
=� � � − (11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3
12(5580.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 10
6 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
+ 3(11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + (11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5 � � � = 12.187 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3

[Link] Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.095𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.04552 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 − 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 36.24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 12.187𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Girder Stresses in Hanging Girder

[Link].1 Direct stress at Lift Point and Harp Point

[Link].1.1 Prestressing
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
At Lift Point
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the lift point is 𝑃𝑃 = 1746.62 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands and 𝑃𝑃 = 674.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 harped
strands. The straight and harped strand eccentricities are 31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and −17.097𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, respectively.
−(1746.62𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 674.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1746.62𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−674.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−17.097𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = −0.329𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1746.62𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 674.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1746.62𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−674.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−17.097𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −4.754𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
At Harp Point
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the harp point is 𝑃𝑃 = 1716.91 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands and 𝑃𝑃 = 663.35𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 harped
strands. The straight and harped strand eccentricities are 31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 and 30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, respectively.
−(1716.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 663.35𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1716.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−663.35𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = 1.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1716.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 663.35𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) (−1716.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−663.35𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −6.215𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

32
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 54.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(140.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(54.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (54.198𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 2425.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
2425.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −1.519𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2425.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.413𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].1.3 Direct Stress

At Lift Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −0.329 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.040𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.289 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −4.754𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.037𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.792 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
At Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.519𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.184𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −6.215𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.413𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.802 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

33
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link].3 Total stress

Top left flange tip at lift point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.289 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.012𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.301𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom right flange tip at lift point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −4.792 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.009𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.783𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Top left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.184𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.451𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.271𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom right flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −4.802 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.353𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −5.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].4 Determine Concrete Strength at Lifting

For the general stress case, compression stress is limited to −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ .
Bottom centerline at point of lift −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.792𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.37 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom centerline at harp point −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.802𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.39 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Peak compression stress at the extremities of the section is limited to −0.7𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′

Bottom right flange tip at point of lift point −0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.801𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 6.85 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom right flange tip at harp point −0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −5.155𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.36 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

The controlling initial concrete strength matches our assumption.

Limits are provided in BDM Table 5.2.1-1The required concrete strength at the lift point and the harp
point are the same. This shows the proportioning of the strands is optimal. If two fewer strands were to
be harped (46 straight, 15 harped), the required strength at the lift point would increase to 7.6 ksi which
has the potential to increase curing time and could delay construction of the next girder.

𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.24√7.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.653 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

34
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

�0.653𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.289𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = − � � = −230.71 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Tilt angle at first crack at lift point
−230.71𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 3.6 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
−64.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at lift point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (36.24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 2.429
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.095𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (12.187𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK
Cracking moment at Harp Point
�0.653𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (1.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.519𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = 205.19 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Tilt angle at first crack at Harp Point
205.19𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.08461𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2425.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at Harp Point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (36.24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.08461)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 1.443
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.095𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (12.187𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.08461)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link] Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.095
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = � ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = � = 0.1896 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 2.5(12.187)

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (36.24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.1896)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = = 1.527
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 )(𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) 1.095𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �1 + 2.5(0.1896)�(12.187𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.1896)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

Factors of Safety are provided in WSDOT BDM 5.6.3.C-D

4.3 Step 3 - Design for Shipping

Stresses and the factor of safety against cracking depend on, in part, the prestress force at the time of shipping. The prestress
force is dependent on the strand configuration, including temporary top strands, and the initial concrete strength. The initial
concrete strength is also dependent on the number of temporary top strands.
At this step in the design, the number of temporary top strands and the initial concrete strength for lifting with temporary top
strands are unknown.
Using an assumed set of truck parameters and assuming the bunk points are located H (girder height) in from the ends of the
girder, PGSuper uses the initial concrete strength determined in Step 2 and computes the factor of safety against rollover
failure.

35
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

The location of the bunk points is iteratively moved inwards until the factor of safety against rollover failure is greater than
1.5. If an adequate factor of safety cannot be found, the truck parameters are revised, and the process starts over with bunk
points at H from the end of the girder.
Once the factor of safety against rollover failure is satisfied, the factor of safety against cracking is evaluated. Temporary top
strands are added until the factor of safety is greater than 1.0.
Finally, the compression stresses are evaluated and a concrete strength for shipping is estimated.
Recall that this analysis is based on the initial concrete strength for lifting without temporary top strands. If temporary top
strands are required for shipping, it is advantageous to use them during initial lifting. Lift loops can be moved closer to the
ends of the girder which reduces the initial concrete strength requirement. A lower initial concrete strength means the final
steps in girder production can begin and production of the next girder can start sooner.
The result of the design iterations described above are bunk points need to be at least 13’-8” from the end of the girder to
satisfy the rollover stability criteria and 4 temporary top strands are needed to satisfy the cracking criteria. The estimated
concrete strength for hauling is 7.8 ksi.
Step 5 of the design procedure will illustrate the details of the shipping stability analysis. The calculations shown in Step 5
are also performed in this step to estimate the bunk points, temporary top strand requirements, and shipping concrete
strength.

The non-composite girder, after temporary top strands are removed, carrying the weight of the wet deck
concrete is analyzed in Section 4.6.2. This case has a required 28-day design concrete strength of 8.7
ksi. PGSuper will use the 7.8 ksi strength to check shipping, then find the 8.7 ksi requirement, and then
begin the design iterations again starting with updating section properties and estimating the
prestressing requirements. Therefore the 28-day design concrete strength of 8.7 ksi is assumed in
Section 3.3.2.

4.4 Step 4 - Design for Lifting with Temporary Top Strands

Temporary top strands are generally not required for lifting of girders. However, if they are required for shipping it is
advantageous to pretension them with the permanent strands as previously described.
From Step 3, 4 temporary top strands are required. These strands are located 2 inches below the top of the girder. Their
eccentricity is -36.343 in.

4.4.1 Prestress losses

[Link] Initial relaxation before transfer

𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24.0 ∙ 1𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 = � − 0.55� (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1.980 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
40 243.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Elastic Shortening

The temporary and permanent strands are at significantly different locations in the cross section. For this reason, compute the
elastic shortening loss in the permanent and temporary strands separately.
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + −
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 𝐼𝐼
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑡 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = + −
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 𝐼𝐼
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑁𝑁𝑝𝑝 �𝑎𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ��𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �+𝑁𝑁𝑡𝑡 �𝑎𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ��𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �
36
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Solve this equation iteratively for P.

The eccentricity of the resultant prestress force at mid-span is 27.304 in.
Assume 10% initial loss and 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 120000(1.0)(0.155)2 (7.2)0.33 = 5530.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = (61 + 4)(0.217)(1 − 0.10)(202.5) = 2570.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
At CG of permanent strands
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2570.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (2570.6𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(27.304𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (3514.22𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + − = 3.984 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (3.984𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 20.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
At CG of temporary strands
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2570.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (2570.6𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(27.304𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) (3514.22𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = + − = 1.397 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = (1.397𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 7.20𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = (61)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 4(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 7.20𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2550.3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
PGSuper performs this calculation with a very small convergence tolerance. The calculations are also performed at many
points along the girder because the center of the prestress force changes due to harped strand location and the girder dead
load moment changes along the length of the girder. There is less elastic shortening effect at the ends of the girder than at
mid-span. The effective prestress force at release and initial lifting for various points (as determined by PGSuper) are given
below. The initial loss converges to 11%.
Location Effective Prestress after release
PSXFR 2585.89 kip
HP 2549.04 kip
0.5Lg 2552.99 kip

4.4.2 Check girder stability

PGSuper performs many iterations to converge on an adequate lifting configuration. The solution converges for lifting
devices located 8.25 ft from the ends of the girder when temporary top strands are used.

[Link] Vertical Location of Center of Gravity

[Link].1 Estimate Camber

The same calculations are made to estimate camber in the lifting without temporary top strand case. The differences are the
modulus of elasticity is reduced because 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ reduced from 7.4 ksi to 7.2 ksi, the lift points moved from 11 ft to 8.25 ft, and
temporary top strands are included in the prestress deflection. The resulting camber is
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 4.025 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

37
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

The camber due to the temporary top strands is computed using the same equation as the straight
strands. The temporary top strand eccentricity will be a negative value resulting in a negative,
downward deflection

[Link].2 Offset factor

𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 162.995 − 2(8.25) = 146.495 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 1 146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1
𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 = � � − =� � − = 0.474
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 3 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3

[Link].3 Location the roll axis above the top of girder

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].4 Location of CG below roll axis

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 (∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 38.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − (0.474)(4.025𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − 0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 36.433𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Lateral Deflection Parameters

[Link].1 Lateral Sweep

Sweep tolerance is 1/8” per 10 ft
162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1
𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 8

[Link].2 Initial Lateral Eccentricity

Initial lateral eccentricity of center of gravity of girder due to lateral sweep and eccentricity of lifting devices from CL girder
𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = 0.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 = 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = (0.474)(2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 0.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.217𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Lateral Deflection of CG

Lateral deflection of center of gravity due to total girder weight applied to weak axis
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 = 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 = (1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 172.45𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿5𝑠𝑠 2 3 4
6𝑎𝑎5
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � � � − 𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + 3𝑎𝑎 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + �
12𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 10 5
172.45𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5
=� � � − (8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3
12(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 10
6 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
+ 3(8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + (8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5 � � � = 15.339 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3

[Link] Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.217𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.05768 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 − 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 36.433𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 15.339𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Girder Stresses in Hanging Girder

[Link].1 Direct stress at Lift Point and Harp Point

38
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link].1.1 Girder concrete stress due to prestressing

𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the lift point is 𝑃𝑃 = 1743.87 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands, 𝑃𝑃 = 673.64𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 harped
strands and P = 167.83 kip for temporary strands. The straight, harped, and temporary strand eccentricities are
31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖,−19.526𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, and −36.434𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, respectively.
−(1743.87𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 673.64𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 167.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
(−1743.87𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−673.64𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−19.526𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−167.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= −0.914𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−(1743.87𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 673.64𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 167.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
(−1743.87𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−673.64𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−19.526𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−167.83𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= −4.552𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
From PGSuper, the effective prestress force at the harp point is 𝑃𝑃 = 1717.36 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 straight strands, 𝑃𝑃 = 663.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 harped
strands, and 𝑃𝑃 = 168.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 temporary strands. The straight, harped, and temporary strand eccentricities are 31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖,
30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, and −36.434 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 respectively.
−(1717.36𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 663.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 168.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
(−1717.36𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−663.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−168.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+ = 0.834𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1717.36𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 663.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 168.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
(−1717.36𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−663.53𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−168.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= −6.102𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].1.2 Girder self-weight

𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝐿𝐿 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑎𝑎2 )
2 𝑠𝑠
At Lift Point
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑙𝑙𝑡𝑡 − 𝑎𝑎 = 8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 0.0𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (0𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (11𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = −36.01𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
−36.01𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = 0.023𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
−36.01𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = −0.021𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
At Harp Point
𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 56.948𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(146.495𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(56.948𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (56.948𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (8.25𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 2661.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2

39
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

2661.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −1.668𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2661.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.551𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Total stress

Top left flange tip at lift point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = −0.914𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.023𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.008𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.900𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom left flange tip at lift point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −4.401𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.021𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.007𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −4.566𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Top left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 0.834𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.668𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.627𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −0.207𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom left flange tip at Harp Point
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −6.102𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.551𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.491𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −5.042𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].4 Determine Concrete Strength at Lifting

For the general stress case, compression stress is limited to −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ .
Bottom centerline at point of lift −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.401 − 0.021 = −4.573𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom centerline at harp point −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −6.102 − 1.551 = −4.551𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

40
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Peak compression stress at the extremities of the section is limited to−0.7𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′

Bottom left flange tip at point of lift point −0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −4.556𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 6.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Bottom left flange time at harp point −0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = −5.042𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘  Controls

The controlling concrete strength matches the assumed value.

𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 0.24√7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.644 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

�0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.892𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = − � � = −376.15 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Tilt angle at first crack at lift point
−376.151𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 10.44 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
−36.01𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at lift point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (36.433𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 1.98
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.217𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (15.339𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK
Cracking moment at Harp Point
�0.644𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (0.834𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.668𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�2(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = 362.1 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Tilt angle at first crack at Harp Point
362.1𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.13465𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2661.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking at Harp Point
𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (36.433𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.13465)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 1.5
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.217𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (15.339𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.13465)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link] Factor of Safety against Failure

41
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 1.217
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = � ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = � = 0.17812 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 2.5(15.339)

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (36.433𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.17812)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = = 1.256
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 )(𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) 1.217𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �1 + 2.5(0.17812)�(165.339𝑛𝑛)(0.17812)
When 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 < 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 , 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ∴ 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 1.5
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 ≥ 1.5 OK

4.5 Step 5 – Revise Shipping Design

Up to this point initial concrete strength, final concrete strength, and temporary strand requirements have been estimated
based on assumed values. This design step verifies the shipping stability design.
Per the WSDOT Standard Specifications, WF girders can be shipped as soon as 10 days and as late as 90 days. The effective
prestress force and camber vary during this time range. The analysis is conservative when using the effective prestress force
at 10 days and the camber at 90 days (BDM 5.6.3.D.6).

4.5.1 Estimate Prestress Losses at Shipping

Assume hauling to occur as soon as possible (10 days)

[Link] Initial Relaxation

See [Link]

[Link] Elastic Shortening

See [Link]

[Link] Shrinkage of Girder Concrete

∆𝑓𝑓𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ = 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ (𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆) = 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝
1+ �1 + � �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ (𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆) = 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑡
1+ �1 + � �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118
𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0
𝑆𝑆
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑉𝑉 𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 (923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)( )
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= = = 3.182𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑆𝑆 𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 + 2𝐴𝐴 (289.284𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� + 2(923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13(3.187) = 1.04
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 2.00 − 0.014(75) = 0.95
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 1.56 − 0.008𝐻𝐻 = 1.56 − 0.005(75) = 0.96

42
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

5 5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = = 0.61
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ 1 + 7.2
𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, 𝑡𝑡ℎ = 10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, 𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡ℎ − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 9 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡 9
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 9𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = = = 0.223
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ 100 − 4(7.2)
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡 12 � 7.2 + 20 � + 9
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 = 2000 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, 𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1999 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡 1999
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 1999𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = ′ = = 0.985
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 100 − 4(7.2)
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡 12 � 7.2 + 20 � + 1999
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.61)(0.985)(1)−0.118 = 1.135
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ = (1.04)(0.95)(0.61)(0.223)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.000064
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (61 + 4)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) = 14.105𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = 0.773
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 14.105𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (27.304𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(31.447𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
1+ �1 + � [1 + 0.7(1.135)]
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = 1.04
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 14.105𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (27.304𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
1+ �1 + � [1 + 0.7(1.135)]
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆) = (0.000064)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.773) = 1.414𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 (𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆) = (0.000064)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.04) = 1.895𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (3.945𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.257)(0.773) = 4.033𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = (1.402𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.257)(1.04) = 1.931𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

43
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

The girder concrete holds the prestressing strand in tension. The concrete undergoes creep and shrinkage deformations. The
strands are between two points that move toward one another. Relaxation occurs at a reduced rate compared to intrinsic
relaxation. The relaxation equations given by the AASHTO LRFD BDS are for reduced relaxation.
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24𝑡𝑡ℎ ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 3�𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻 = � ′ � − 0.55�� 1 − � 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖ℎ
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙(24𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿′ = 45
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.33𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 180.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 202.5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 7.22𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 193.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

180.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 10) 180.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 3(1.414𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.098𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � − 0.55�� 1 − � (0.773) = 0.930 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
45 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 1) 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 180.19𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
193.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 10) 193.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 3(1.895𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.931𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = � � − 0.55�� 1 − � (1.04) = 1.779 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
45 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 1) 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 193.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

PGSuper supports all three methods of computing relaxation described in the AASHTO LRFD BDS
(LRFD [Link].2c, C5.9.3.4.2c)

[Link] Losses at Shipping

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1𝐻𝐻
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.414𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.033𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.930𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 6.376𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 20.654𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 6.376𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 28.683𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 1.895𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.931𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.779𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 5.605𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 7.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 5.605𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 14.808𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.5.2 Check Girder Stability

Assume bunk points at 13’-8”.
Per WSDOT BDM 5.6.3 the hauling stability design is based on the least stiff haul truck from BDM Table 5.6.3-1 that allows
the stress and stability factors of safety to be achieved.

44
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Assume shipping support parameters for 40,000 kip-in/radian rotational spring constant. That equals to the HT40-72 haul
truck configuration in PGSuper.

Figure 4-6: Equilibrium during Hauling

[Link] Stability Analysis Parameters

Parameter Value
Rotational Stiffness k ∙ in
K θ = 40000
rad
Center-to-center wheel spacing Wcc = 72 in
Height of the roll center above the roadway surface Hrc = 24in
Height of the bottom of the girder above roadway Hbg = 72 in
Bunk placement tolerance ebunk = 1.0 in
Normal Crown Slope ft
α = 0.02
ft
Maximum Superelevation ft
α = 0.06
ft
Impact for Normal Crown Slope Case IM = ±20%

45
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Impact for Superelevation Case IM = 0%

Modulus of Rupture 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.24𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = (0.24)(1.0)√8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.708𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Vertical Location of Center of Gravity

[Link].1 Camber at Hauling

Assume girder transportation occurs as late as possible to maximum camber grown while in storage. Assume transportation
occurs at 90 days.
The camber at hauling is equal to the camber at the end of storage plus the change in dead load deflection due to the different
support conditions between storage and hauling.
From before, the prestress deflection measured from the ends of the girder is
∆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 7.160𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Changing the datum to the storage support location
𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = 6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 at mid-span
𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝2 = −0.263𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 at girder end

∆ps 1
Storage datum
∆ps
∆ps2
Release datum

Figure 4-7: Prestress induced Deflection based on Storage Datum

𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The dead load deflection at the girder ends during storage is
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔1 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 2 3
1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= �3(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)� − (159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � �
24(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= 0.130 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
The dead load deflection at mid-span during storage is
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.708𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔2 = − =� − ��
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )
4 16(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −3.80𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆g1

∆g2
46
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 4-8: Girder Self-Weight Deflection during Storage

Creep deflection during storage is
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡ℎ , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )(𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔 )
89
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (𝑡𝑡 = 89𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = = 0.738
100 − 4(7.2)
12 � � + 89
7.2 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡ℎ , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.61)(0.738)(1)−0.118 = 0.852
At mid-span
𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (0.852)(6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 3.80𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 2.639𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
At end of girder
𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (0.852)(−0.263𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.130𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = −0.113𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Girder deflection in the hauling configuration
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 = 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 2(13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Mid-span deflection
5𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿4𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿2𝑠𝑠 5(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔2 = − =� − ��
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 16𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )
4 16(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= −1.864𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.091𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −1.773𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Deflection at girder ends
𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔 𝑎𝑎
∆𝑔𝑔1 = [3𝑎𝑎2 (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 ) − 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 ]
24𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 2 3
1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
= �3(13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) �13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2(135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)� − (135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � �
24(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
= 0.563 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
We want the total camber measured between the girder ends and mid-span
∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = �𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔 + 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − �𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔 + 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
= (−1.773𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 2.639𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) − (0.563𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.263𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.113𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 7.576𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
PGSuper computes ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 7.338 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. Use this value going forward.

[Link].2 Offset Factor

2
𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 1 135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1
𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 = � � − =� � − = 0.359
𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 3 162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3

[Link].3 Location of roll axis below top of girder

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝐻𝐻𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝐻𝐻𝑔𝑔 − 𝐻𝐻𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 72.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 74.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 24.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 122.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].4 Location of center of gravity above roll axis

𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 = 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 (∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) = 122.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 38.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.359(7.338𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Lateral Deflection Parameters

[Link].1 Lateral Sweep

Sweep tolerance = 1/8” per 10 ft

47
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1
𝛥𝛥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � � � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 8

[Link].2 Initial Lateral Eccentricity

Initial lateral eccentricity of center of gravity of girder due to lateral sweep and eccentricity of bunking devices from CL
girder
𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 = 𝐹𝐹𝑜𝑜 𝛥𝛥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑒𝑒𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (0.359)(2.037𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 1.000𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].3 Lateral Deflection of CG

Lateral deflection of center of gravity due to total weight of girder applied to the weak axis
𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝐿𝐿5𝑠𝑠 6
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � − 𝑎𝑎2 𝐿𝐿3𝑠𝑠 + 3𝑎𝑎4 𝐿𝐿𝑠𝑠 + 𝑎𝑎5 �
12𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 10 5
172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = � − (13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 (135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 + 3(13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 (135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
12(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 10
6 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
+ (13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)5 � � � = 9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
5 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
Impact up
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = (0.8)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 7.309𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Impact down
𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 = (1.2)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 10.964𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link].4 Girder Stresses at Harping Point

[Link].4.1 Stress due to prestressing

−(1655.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 640.23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 163.38𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
(−1655.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−640.23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−163.38𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+ = 0.800𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−(1655.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 640.23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 163.38𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 =
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
(−1655.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.748𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−640.23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(30.775𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (−163.38𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
+ = −5.883𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.85𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

[Link].4.2 Stress due to girder self-weight (without impact)

𝑤𝑤𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = (𝐿𝐿 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑎𝑎2 )
2 𝑠𝑠

𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 "𝑥𝑥" is measured from the support point, and “a” is the distance to the support point to the end of
the girder.

𝑥𝑥 = 0.4𝐿𝐿𝑔𝑔 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 51.528𝑓𝑓t

1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 = �(135.66𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(51.528𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (51.528𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 − (13.67𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 � = 2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2

48
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −1.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 1.279𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.85𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, no impact case

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.04668 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� − (1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.0)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.04668)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.418 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.0)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.04668)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.328 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.14317 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 1.86
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.0)9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.14317𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + �(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 �𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝛼𝛼 + �𝛼𝛼 2 + ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

49
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)� �0.02 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓�
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.02 + �0.02 � + = 0.399 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2.5(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.399 − 0.02
�
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 2.023
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.399)�1 + 2.5(0.4)� + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
If 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 < 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 , 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = 2.023
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.17316 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 1.875
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.17316)� + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.17316) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, impact up

[Link].1.1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (0.8)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
= 0.03836 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � − (0.8)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (0.8)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖))

[Link].1.2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (0.8)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.03836)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.275 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (0.8)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.03836)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.215 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].2 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Cracking moment
𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = 0.800𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (0.8)(−1.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −0.300𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
50
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.708𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.300𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)�(2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 246.88𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔
246.88 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.14059 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(0.8)2195.02 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.14059 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 2.35
(0.8)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((0.8)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.14059𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 + �(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 �𝛼𝛼
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝛼𝛼 + �𝛼𝛼 2 + ≤ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2.5𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �(0.8)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�0.02

𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.02 + ��0.02 � + = 0.46024 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2.5(0.8)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘∙𝑛𝑛
�40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� � �0.4 − 0.02
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 2.617
(0.8)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[(0.8)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)�1 + 2.5(0.4)� + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.14253 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 2.30
(0.8)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(0.8)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.14253)� + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.14253) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

51
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Analyze normal crown slope, impact down

[Link].1.1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.02 � + (1.2)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.05831 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + 𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� − (1.2)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (1.2)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖))

[Link].1.2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.2)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.05831)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.627 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.2)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.05831)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.491 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.14489 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.02 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 1.53
(1.2)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.2)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.14489𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �(1.2)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�0.02

𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.02 + ��0.02 � + = 0.38683 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2.5(1.2)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃′𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

52
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘∙𝑛𝑛
�40000 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� � �0.38683 − 0.02
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 1.631
(1.2)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[(1.2)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.38683)�1 + 2.5(0.38683)� + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.38683) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.20380 − 0.02)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 1.565
(1.2)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(1.2)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.20380)� + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.20380) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

[Link] Analyze at maximum superelevation, no impact

[Link].1 Equilibrium tilt angle

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.06 � + (1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�
�𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 𝛼𝛼 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = = = 0.11465 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 − (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 (𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 ) �40000𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
� − (1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + (1.0)(9.317𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�

[Link].2 Stress due to lateral loading from tilt

Top left flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 (1.0)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.11465)(49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 1.027 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom right flange tip
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)�𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔 �𝜃𝜃𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (1.0)(2195.02𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(0.11465)(38.375𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = − =− � � = −0.856 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 (2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].3 Factor of Safety against Cracking

Cracking moment
𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑓𝑓𝑔𝑔 = 0.800𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.0)(−1.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −0.575𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 − 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )2𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦 �0.708𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−0.575𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)�(2)(72018.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = � � = 314.26𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Tilt angle at first crack
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ≤ 0.4
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔

53
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

314.26 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.14317 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(1.0)2195.02 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Factor of Safety against Cracking
𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝛼𝛼)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [((𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 )𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
��40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.14317 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.06 ��
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 1.253
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[((1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.14317𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 > 1.0 OK

[Link].4 Factor of Safety against Failure

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + �(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)� �0.06 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓�
𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.06 + �0.06 � + = 0.634 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ∴ 0.4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2.5(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝐾𝐾𝜃𝜃 (𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝛼𝛼)

𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 =
(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑊𝑊𝑔𝑔 [(𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑧𝑧𝑜𝑜 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (1 + 2.5𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) + 𝑦𝑦𝑟𝑟 𝜃𝜃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑒𝑒𝑖𝑖 ]
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � �0.4 − 0.06
�
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 = = 1.810
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)[(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4)�1 + 2.5(0.4)� + (86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(0.4) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖]
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑓𝑓 > 1.5 OK

�40000 𝑘𝑘∙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
�(0.20903 − 0.06)
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 = = 1.52
(1.0)(172.48𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)��(1.0)(9.137𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)�1 + 2.5(0.20903)� + 86.295𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�(0.20903) + 1.732𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�
𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑟 > 1.5 OK

4.5.3 Check concrete strength

[Link] Compression
Compression stress is limited to −0.65𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ when tilt is not considered and −0.70𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ when tilt is considered.

54
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Case 𝒇𝒇𝒑𝒑𝒑𝒑 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) IM 𝒇𝒇𝒈𝒈 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝒇𝒇𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇′𝒄𝒄 𝒇𝒇𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝒇𝒇′𝒄𝒄
= 𝒇𝒇𝒑𝒑𝒑𝒑 𝒇𝒇𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 + 𝒇𝒇𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕
= (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) = (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌)
+ (𝑰𝑰𝑰𝑰)𝒇𝒇𝒈𝒈 (𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌) 𝟎𝟎. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
2% slope, -5.886 1.0 1.279 -4.607 7.1 -0.318 7.1
no impact
2% slope, -5.886 0.8 1.279 -4.863 7.5 -0.215 7.3
impact up
2% slope, -5.886 1.2 1.279 -4.351 6.2 -0.491 6.9
impact
down
6% slope, -5.886 1.0 1.279 -4.607 7.1 -0.856 7.8
no impact Controls

[Link] Tension
Check tension stress limit
Maximum tension stress occurs at harp point top left corner of girder on with superelevated slope of 6%
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 0.800𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.027𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.452 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress limit
0.24𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.24(1.0)√8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.708 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Tension stress is within limit. However, use of this tensile stress limit requires reinforcement sufficient to resist the tensile
force in the concrete computed assuming an uncracked section, where reinforcement is proportioned using a stress of 0.5𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 ,
not exceeding 30 ksi (LRFD Table [Link].1b-1).

4.6 Step 6 – Check Erection Stresses

Evaluate the stress in the girder after the temporary strands are removed and the wet deck is cast. This is the maximum
loading condition for the bare girder.

This check is not specified in the AASHTO LRFD BDS. This check is a WSDOT design policy. See
WSDOT BDM Table 5.2.1-1

4.6.1 Losses between Transfer to Deck Placement

[Link] Temporary strand removal

Removing the temporary strands changes the state of stress in the girder and causes and additional elastic shortening loss in
the permanent strands.
Assuming the temporary strands are removed shortly after erection, the force in the temporary strands at time of removal is
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝐴𝐴𝑡𝑡 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
The change of stress in the concrete at the level of the permanent strand due to the removal of the temporary strands is
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑡 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = − −
𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
The change in stress in the permanent strands is
55
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
At the mid-span section
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 4(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 14.792𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 162.93 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
162.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (162.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = − − = 0.077𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.077𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.375 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Shrinkage of Girder Concrete

𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 0.48 × 10−3
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒 𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝
1+ �1 + � �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖−0.118
𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 = 1.45 − 0.13 � � ≥ 1.0 = 1.04
𝑆𝑆
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑠𝑠 = 2.00 − 0.014𝐻𝐻 = 0.95
𝑘𝑘ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 1.56 − 0.008𝐻𝐻 = 0.96
1
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = 0.61
1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′
𝑡𝑡 0.791 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 119 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = ′ =
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.985 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1999 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 = 2000 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜀𝜀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (1.04)(0.95)(0.61)(0.791)(0.48 × 10−3 ) = 0.000228
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 � = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.61)(0.985)(1)−0.118 = 1.135
1
𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = = 0.773
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 14.105𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(27.304𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
1+� �� 1 + � �1 + 0.7(1.135)�
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.000228)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.773) = 5.022 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Creep of Girder Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓 𝜓𝜓 (𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡 )𝐾𝐾
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 𝑑𝑑 𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.61)(0.791)(1)−0.118 = 0.912
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (3.945𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.912)(0.773) = 14.327 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

56
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 3�𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = � ′ � − 0.55�� 1 − � 𝐾𝐾𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐾𝐾𝐿𝐿 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙(24𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 180.193𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
180.193 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 120) 180.193𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 3(5.022𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 14.327𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = � � − 0.55�� 1 − � (0.773) = 1.007 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
45 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (24 ∙ 1) 243𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 180.193 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Time dependent losses

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.022𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 14.327𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.007𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 20.355 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Elastic gains

Added dead load on noncomposite section
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 140.17𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2465.61𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 3366.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

′
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒
∆𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔

′
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (3366.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � �� = 1.731 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 ′
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (1.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 8.382 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.6.2 Stresses
Effective prestress
𝑃𝑃 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
2 (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.355𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2221.8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress in girder due to effective prestress
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 =
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆
−2221.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2221.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.447𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + = 1.246𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
−2221.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2221.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.447𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + = −5.801𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Stress due to loading
𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ
𝑓𝑓 =
𝑆𝑆
(3368.43𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 140.17𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2465.61𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � � = −4.219 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(3368.43𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 140.17𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2465.61𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � � = 3.924 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
57
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Stress Limits
Compression
−0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.45(8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.915𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Tension
0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.19(1.0)√8.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.560𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress Demand
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.246𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 4.219𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −2.974 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −5.801𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 3.924𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −1.877 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stresses at mid-span satisfy the limit state.
These calculations are repeated at the point of prestress transfer. The results are
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = −0.648 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = −3.892 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
The required concrete strength is
−0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −3.892𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 8.65 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
This is the overall governing 28-day design concrete strength.

4.7 Step 7 – Check Final Conditions

4.7.1 Losses from Deck Placement to Final

58
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐 = 𝑒𝑒 + 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏 = 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

1
𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = = 0.777
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
1+� �� 1 + � �1 + 0.7(1.135)�
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.000056)(28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.777) = 1.234 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Creep of Girder Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓 �𝜓𝜓 �𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡 � − 𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )�𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + (𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 �𝐾𝐾𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓 𝑖𝑖 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑒𝑒 2 ′ ′′ )
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = −�𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 � � � �1 + � − (𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔

′
𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 1.731 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐼𝐼𝑔𝑔

′′
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒�
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 732.83𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 739.63𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 1471.75𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

′′
(1471.75𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � = 0.633𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
14.105𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = −(5.022 + 14.732 + 1.007 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) � � �1 + � − (1.731𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.633𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
= −3.020 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑡𝑡
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = 0.984 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 𝑡𝑡 = �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 − 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 2000 − 120 = 1880 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
100 − 4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′
12 � ′ � + 𝑡𝑡
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 20
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 � = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.61)(0.984)(120)−0.118 = 0.644
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (3.945𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1.135 − 0.912)(0.777) + � � (−3.020𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.644)(0.777) = −2.892 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Relaxation of Prestressing Strands

𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝2 = 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = 1.007 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Shrinkage of Deck Concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓 𝐾𝐾 �1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 ��
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝜀𝜀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝐴𝐴𝑑𝑑 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑑
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � − �
�1 + 0.7𝜓𝜓𝑑𝑑 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 �� 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐
(−0.000265)(681.165𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) 1 (44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(28.883𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � 2
− � = 0.091 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1 + 0.7(2.12) 1349.614𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � � (0.091𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.777)�1 + 0.7(0.644)� = 0.498 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

59
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Time Dependent Losses

𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 1.234𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 2.892𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.007𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.498𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −1.149 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 20.355𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.149𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 19.206𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

= 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 19.206𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 30.441𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Elastic Gains

[Link].1 Superimposed dead loads

𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 ′′ 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓 = � � (0.633𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 3.065 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link].2 Live Loads

𝐸𝐸𝑃𝑃 ′′′
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

′′′
𝑀𝑀𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒�
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐

⎧(3804.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) �12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖� = 1.636 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
⎪ 1243570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
′′′
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
⎨ (1863.4𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
⎪ � � = 0.802 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
⎩ 1243570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
� � (1.636𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 7.922𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = � 5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
� � (0.802𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 3.881𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿)
5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

4.7.2 Stresses

[Link] Final Stresses without Live Load

This analysis is for the Service I limit state.
Effective Prestress

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(167.864𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
= 2222.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �−𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(−(−1.149𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.127𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(4.214𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 55.3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Stress in girder due to effective prestress
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑒𝑒 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) −55.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−55.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 2
+ 3
+ 2
+ = 1.255𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1349.914𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

60
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) −55.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−55.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = + + + = −5.940𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1349.914𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
Stress due to loading
(𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ ) �𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 �
𝑓𝑓 = + + 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
(3368.43 + 140.17 + 2465.61 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 (732.12 + 739.63𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � �+ � � − 0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= −4.986 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(3368.43 + 140.17 + 2465.61 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 (732.12 + 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = 3
� �+ � � + 0.121𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 4.390 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

This limit state evaluation is for compression stress. Minimize the stress at the bottom of the girder by
considering the case before future overlay installation.

Stress Limits
Compression
−0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.45(8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.915𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress Demand
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 1.255𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 4.986𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −3.731 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stresses satisfy the limit state criteria.

[Link] Final Stresses with Live Load

[Link].1 Service I Limit State

This is a compression stress limit state.
Effective Prestress with Service I live load

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

2 (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(167.864𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
= 2222.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �−𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(−(−1.149𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 7.922 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(12.136𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 160.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Stress in girder due to effective prestress

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑒𝑒 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) −160.6𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−160.6𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = + + + = 1.272𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1349.914𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

61
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Stress due to loading

(𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ ) �𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 + 𝑀𝑀𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 �
𝑓𝑓 = + + 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
(3368.43 + 140.17 + 2465.61 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 (732.12 + 739.63 + 3804.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = � �+ � � − 0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= −5.906 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

This limit state evaluation is for compression stress. Minimize the stress at the bottom of the girder by
considering the case before future overlay installation and live load not on the structure.

Stress Limits
Compression
−0.6𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.6(8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −5.220𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress Demand
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = (1.272𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 5.906𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −4.634 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stresses are within limits

[Link].2 Service III Limit State

This is a tension stress limit state.
Effective Prestress with Service III live load

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �−𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 0.8𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(−(−1.149𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (0.8)7.922 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(10.55𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 139.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Stress in girder due to effective prestress

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑒𝑒 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) −139.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−139.7.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = 2
+ 3
+ 2
+ = −6.15𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1349.914𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

Stress due to loading

(𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ ) �𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 + 0.8𝑀𝑀𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 �
𝑓𝑓 = + + 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐

62
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

(3368.43 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 140.17 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 2465.61𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 760.28 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏 = � �
20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(732.12 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 0.0 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + (0.8)3804.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
+ � � + 0.121𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 6.169 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Stress Limits
The tension stress limit is 0.0 ksi per WSDOT BDM
Stress Demand
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = (−6.147𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 6.169𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.022 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ≈ 0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stresses are within limits
Check the assumed effective prestress of 85% (15% loss).
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 178.397
= = 0.88 = 88% ≈ 85%
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 202.5
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1 − = 1 − 0.88 = 0.12 = 12% ≈ 15%
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

[Link].3 Fatigue I Limit State

Effective Prestress with Fatigue I live load
𝑃𝑃 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 1.5𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
2 (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 19.206𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.5)3.881 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
= (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(177.88𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2354.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 (202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.328𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 0.375𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 20.335𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 8.382𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(167.864𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
= 2222.0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �−𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑇𝑇𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 1.5𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �

𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(−(−1.149𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 3.065𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (1.5)3.881 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(10.036𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 132.8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Stress in girder due to effective prestress

𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑒𝑒 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑒𝑒𝑐𝑐

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + + +
𝐴𝐴 𝑆𝑆 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2222.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) −132.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−132.8𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(44.687𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 2
+ 3
+ 2
+ = 1.267𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 −19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1349.914𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3

Stress due to loading

0.5(𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ ) 0.5�𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑀𝑀𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 � 1.5𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝑓𝑓 = + + 0.5𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 +
𝑆𝑆 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
0.5(3368.43 + 140.17 + 2465.61 + 760.28𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 0.5(732.12 + 739.63𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 3
� �+ � �
−19152.5𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 −49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.5(1863.4𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
+ (0.5)(−0.410𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + � � = −3.282 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−49599.7𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

63
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Stress Demand
𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 = 0.5(1.267 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 3.282𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −2.648 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stress limit
−0.4𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = −0.4(8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = −3.480𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Stresses are within limits

4.7.3 Moment Capacity

[Link] Compute Nominal Moment Capacity at 0.5Lg.

Strength I limit state
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆ℎ 𝐼𝐼 = 1.25𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.5𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 1.75(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 1.25(3368.43 + 140.17 + 2465.61 + 760.28 + 732.12) + 1.50(739.63) + 1.75(3804.05) = 17099.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 )ℎ𝑓𝑓
𝑐𝑐 =
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 243
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − � = 2 �1.04 − � = 0.28
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 270
𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 �
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
𝛼𝛼1 = 0.85
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 = 𝑌𝑌𝑡𝑡 + 𝑒𝑒 + 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 = 38.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 76.82𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2
(13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛 )(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(84𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 1720.565𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑐𝑐 = = = 56.04𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘
0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0.85)(6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + (0.28)(13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) � � 17.7 + 13.0
76.82𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
56.04𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 �1 − 0.28 � = 214.85𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
76.82𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑎𝑎 = 𝛽𝛽1 𝑐𝑐 = 0.85(56.04𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 47.63𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 ℎ𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 )ℎ𝑓𝑓 � − �
2 2 2
47.63𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 47.63𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(214.85𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �76.82𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − � + 0.85(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(84𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) � − �
2 2 2
= 188396.9𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 15699.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 = 74𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 7𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 79𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 − 𝑐𝑐 79 − 56.04
𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 = 0.003 = 0.003 = 0.00123
𝑐𝑐 56.04
(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )
0.75 ≤ 𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + 0.25 ≤ 1.0
(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )
0.25(0.00123 − 0.002)
𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + = 0.686, 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 0.75
(0.005 − 0.002)
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 0.75(15699.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 11774.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

64
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 < 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 No Good

The AASHTO method for computing moment capacity does not account for the large compression flange in the girder or the
higher strength of the girder concrete. See Reference 7 for more information. PGSuper uses strain compatibility analysis to
compute the moment capacity.
Stress-strain relationship for prestressing strands:

⎡ ⎤
27,613
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜀𝜀𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ⎢877 + 1
⎥ ≤ 270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
⎢ 7.36 7.36 ⎥
⎣ �1 + �112.4𝜀𝜀𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � � ⎦

Stress-strain relationship for concrete:

𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑛𝑛 � �
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐 = 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
𝑛𝑛 − 1 + � ′ �
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐
where
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝑛𝑛 = 0.8 +
2500
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
𝑘𝑘 = 0.67 +
9000

𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 < 1.0, 𝑘𝑘 = 1.0
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′
40,000�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ + 1,000,000
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 =
1000
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑛𝑛
𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐′ 𝑥𝑥1000 =
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑛𝑛 − 1

Effective prestress, 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 30.441𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 172.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 172.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Initial strain in prestressing strand, sometimes referred to as the decompression strain, is, 𝜀𝜀𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = =
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−3
6.037𝑥𝑥10
Discretize the composite girder section into “slices”. Compute the strain at the centroid of each slice. The stress in the slice is
determined from the stress-strain relationship for the slice material. Finally, compute the axial force and moment contribution
for each slice. Sum the contribution of each slice to determine the capacity of the section.

65
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 4-9: Discretized Girder Section for Strain Compatibility Analysis

Table 4-1: Strain compatibility analysis details
Slice Piece Area Ytop Ybot Ycg fpe Initial Incremental Total Stress dF = dM =
(in2) (in) (in) (in) (KSI) Strain Strain Strain (Fg - Bg) (Area)(Stress) (dF)(Ycg)
(KSI) (kip) (kip-ft)

1 Deck 340.168 7.000 2.950 4.975 0 -0.00259832 -0.00259832 -3.590 -1221.16 -506.27

2 Deck 247.777 2.950 0.000 1.475 0 -0.00190406 -0.00190406 -3.999 -990.83 -121.79

3 Girder 98.000 0.000 -2.000 -1.000 0 -0.00141312 -0.00141312 -6.481 -635.09 52.92

4 Girder 159.696 -2.000 -7.850 -3.995 0 -0.000818991 -0.000818991 -3.863 -616.87 205.38

5 Girder 2.233 -7.850 -8.124 -7.985 0 -2.748e-05 -2.748e-05 -0.130 -0.29 0.19

6 Girder 40.433 -8.124 -14.600 -11.306 0 0.000631199 0.000631199 0.000 0.00 0.00

7 Girder 46.856 -14.600 -22.250 -18.425 0 0.00204331 0.00204331 0.000 0.00 0.00

8 Girder 52.369 -22.250 -30.800 -26.525 0 0.00365003 0.00365003 0.000 0.00 0.00

9 Girder 57.881 -30.800 -40.250 -35.525 0 0.00543527 0.00543527 0.000 0.00 0.00

10 Girder 63.394 -40.250 -50.600 -45.425 0 0.00739903 0.00739903 0.000 0.00 0.00

11 Girder 69.132 -50.600 -61.850 -56.243 0 0.00954486 0.00954486 0.000 0.00 0.00

12 Straight Strand 44 0.217 -66.000 -66.000 -66.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0114803 0.0175174 260.978 56.63 -311.48

13 Straight Strand 43 0.217 -66.000 -66.000 -66.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0114803 0.0175174 260.978 56.63 -311.48

14 Harped Strand 15 0.217 -67.000 -67.000 -67.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0116787 0.0177158 261.172 56.67 -316.43

15 Harped Strand 14 0.217 -67.000 -67.000 -67.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0116787 0.0177158 261.172 56.67 -316.43

16 Harped Strand 13 0.217 -67.000 -67.000 -67.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0116787 0.0177158 261.172 56.67 -316.43

17 Harped Strand 16 0.217 -67.000 -67.000 -67.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0116787 0.0177158 261.172 56.67 -316.43

18 Harped Strand 17 0.217 -67.000 -67.000 -67.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0116787 0.0177158 261.172 56.67 -316.43

19 Straight Strand 35 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

20 Straight Strand 34 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

21 Straight Strand 37 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

66
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Slice Piece Area Ytop Ybot Ycg fpe Initial Incremental Total Stress dF = dM =
(in2) (in) (in) (in) (KSI) Strain Strain Strain (Fg - Bg) (Area)(Stress) (dF)(Ycg)
(KSI) (kip) (kip-ft)

22 Straight Strand 33 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

23 Straight Strand 42 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

24 Straight Strand 41 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

25 Straight Strand 40 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

26 Straight Strand 39 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

27 Straight Strand 38 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

28 Straight Strand 36 0.217 -68.000 -68.000 -68.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.011877 0.0179142 261.364 56.72 -321.39

29 Girder 333.537 -61.850 -74.000 -69.327 0 0.0121403 0.0121403 0.000 0.00 0.00

30 Straight Strand 8 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

31 Straight Strand 21 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

32 Straight Strand 22 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

33 Straight Strand 23 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

34 Straight Strand 24 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

35 Straight Strand 25 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

36 Straight Strand 26 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

37 Straight Strand 27 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

38 Straight Strand 28 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

39 Straight Strand 29 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

40 Straight Strand 30 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

41 Straight Strand 31 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

42 Straight Strand 32 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

43 Harped Strand 2 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

44 Harped Strand 3 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

45 Harped Strand 4 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

46 Harped Strand 5 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

47 Harped Strand 6 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

48 Harped Strand 7 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

49 Harped Strand 8 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

50 Harped Strand 9 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

51 Harped Strand 1 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

52 Harped Strand 11 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

53 Harped Strand 12 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

54 Straight Strand 1 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

55 Straight Strand 2 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

56 Straight Strand 7 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

57 Harped Strand 10 0.217 -70.000 -70.000 -70.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0122737 0.0183109 261.745 56.80 -331.33

58 Straight Strand 17 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

59 Straight Strand 16 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

60 Straight Strand 19 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

61 Straight Strand 15 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

62 Straight Strand 14 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

63 Straight Strand 13 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

64 Straight Strand 12 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

65 Straight Strand 11 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

66 Straight Strand 10 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

67 Straight Strand 5 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

68 Straight Strand 4 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

69 Straight Strand 3 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

67
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Slice Piece Area Ytop Ybot Ycg fpe Initial Incremental Total Stress dF = dM =
(in2) (in) (in) (in) (KSI) Strain Strain Strain (Fg - Bg) (Area)(Stress) (dF)(Ycg)
(KSI) (kip) (kip-ft)

70 Straight Strand 9 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

71 Straight Strand 6 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

72 Straight Strand 20 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

73 Straight Strand 18 0.217 -72.000 -72.000 -72.000 172.059 0.00603715 0.0126705 0.0187076 262.121 56.88 -341.28

Resultant Force = ∑(δF) = 0.00 kip

Resultant Moment = ∑(δM) = -20526.2 kip-ft
Depth to neutral axis, c = 15.124 in
Compression Resultant, C = -3464.24 kip
Depth to Compression Resultant, dc =5.720 in
Tension Resultant, T = 3464.24 kip
Depth to Tension Resultant, de = 76.822 in
Net tensile strain, εt = 12.7x10−3
Nominal Capacity, Mn = 20526.2 kip-ft
Moment Arm, de - dc = Mn/T = 71.102 in
(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )
0.75 ≤ 𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + 0.25 ≤ 1.0
(𝜀𝜀𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 )
0.25(0.0127 − 0.002)
𝜙𝜙 = 0.75 + = 1.64, 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 1.0
(0.005 − 0.002)
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 1.0(20526.2)𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 17099.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 OK

The Moment Capacity Detail report from PGSuper provides the details of the moment capacity strain
compatibility analysis.

The total strain in the reinforcement is the sum of the net tensile strain = 12.7x10−3 and the initial strain 6.037x10−3 . The
total strain is 18.7x10−3 = 1.87%. This is less than the minimum required elongation of 3.5% for A416 strand.

[Link] Minimum Reinforcement and the Cracking Moment

To insure there is sufficient reinforcement in the section to achieve ductile behavior, a minimum amount of reinforcement is
required. The minimum reinforcement is such that any section in the girder shall have adequate prestressed reinforcement to
develop a factored flexural resistance, Mr, which is at least the lesser of the cracking strength or 133% of the ultimate
moment. (LRFD [Link])
𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
The cracking moment is
𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝛾𝛾3 ��𝛾𝛾1 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 + 𝛾𝛾2 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐 − 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 � − 1��
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏
where:
fr = Modulus of rupture
fcpe = Compressive stress due to prestressing at the bottom of the girder
Sc = Bottom section modulus of the composite section

68
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Sb = Bottom section modulus of the non-composite section

Mdnc = Dead load moment resisted by the non-composite section
γ1 = Flexural cracking variability factor = 1.6
γ2 = Prestress variability factor = 1.1
γ3 = Ratio of specified minimum yield strength to ultimate tensile strength of the reinforcement =
1.0 for prestressed concrete

[Link].1 Compute cracking moment at 0.5Lg.

𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.708𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 5.947𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐 = 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑆𝑆𝑏𝑏 = 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑀𝑀𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑀𝑀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑀𝑀ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 6734.48𝑘𝑘 ⋅ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.0 �(1.6 ∙ 0.708𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.1 ∙ 5.947𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(25509.3𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3 ) � � − (6734.48𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � − 1��
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖3
= 14707.1 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link].2 Evaluate Minimum Reinforcement Requirement

𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 17099.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀 = 14707.1𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 14707.1𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 1.33 ∙ 17099.8𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 22742.7𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 14707.1𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 OK

4.8 Check Splitting Resistance

Compute the splitting resistance of the pretensioned anchorage zone provided by the vertical reinforcement in the ends of the
girder at the service limit states as 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 ([Link].1) where,
fs = the stress in the steel not exceeding 20 ksi
As = total area of vertical reinforcement located within the distance h/4 from the end of the beam (in2)
h = overall depth of the girder (in)
The resistance shall not be less than 4% of the prestressing force at transfer.
The splitting force at the point of prestress transfer is the total of the permanent and temporary strand forces.
𝑃𝑃 = 0.04𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝0 − 𝛥𝛥𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
Permanent strands
𝑃𝑃 = 0.04(13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5 − 19.858𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 96.71 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Temporary strands
𝑃𝑃 = 0.04(0.868𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5 − 8.656𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 6.73 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Total splitting force
𝑃𝑃 = 96.71 + 6.73 = 103.44 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ℎ 74𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The splitting zone is = � � = 1.542𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.
4 4 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

69
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Splitting resistance is 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠

The required area of splitting reinforcement is
103.44𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = (20𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 = 5.172 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
5.172𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
= 3.62
1.542𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The standard stirrup layout has 2-legs #5 at 3.5” for the end 1’-9” of the beam.
2(0.31𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
= 2.126
3.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� �
12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Try 2-legs #5 at 2.5”.
2(0.31𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
= 2.976
2.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� �
12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
WSDOT BDM 5.6.2F permits the total splitting reinforcement to extend beyond H/4 at a spacing not greater than 2.5”.
𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
5.172𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 = 2.976 𝑋𝑋
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑋𝑋 = 1.74 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Use 2-legs #5 at 2.5” for 1’-9”

PGSuper does not currently apply the provisions of WSDOT BDM 5.6.2F.

4.9 Check Confinement Zone Reinforcement

For the distance of 1.5d from the ends of the girder, reinforcement shall be placed to confine the prestressing steel in the
bottom flange (LRFD [Link].2). The reinforcement shall not be less than #3 deformed bars with spacing not exceeding 6 in.
The length of the confinement zone is 1.5𝑑𝑑 = 1.5(74 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 111 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 9.25 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓.
Provide #3 bars spaced at 6” for the end 9.25ft of the girder.

5 Shear Design
Ensure the girder has sufficient capacity to resist shear in the Strength I limit state. Verify that shear reinforcement is
adequately detailed.
These computations and checks demonstrate shear design at the critical section (LRFD [Link] and [Link]). A complete
design will also evaluate shear at locations where abrupt changes to the shear force diagram occur and at changes in
reinforcement size and spacing.

5.1 Locate Critical Section for Shear

The critical section for shear is located at dv from the face of support where dv is determined based on critical section. For
purposes of design, the ultimate shear between the support and the critical section is equal to the shear at the critical section.
Determining the location of the critical section can be challenging because dv varies with position along the girder. To find
the critical section plot dv along the length of the girder and draw a 45° line from the face of support towards the center of the
girder. The intersection of the 45° line and the dv curve is the location of the critical section. Figure 5-1 illustrates this
technique.
70
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 5-1: Graphical method to Determine Critical Section Location

For this girder, the critical section is located 5.782 ft from the face of support. The table that follows show the details for
finding the critical sections.
Table 5-1: Critical Section Calculation Details for Abutment 1
Location from Assumed C.S. dv CS
Left Support Location (in) Intersects?
(ft) (in)
(FoS) 0.500 0.000 69.382 No
(Bar Develop.) 0.834 4.011 69.382 No
(PSXFR) 1.292 9.498 69.382 No
4.625 49.500 69.384 No
6.282 69.384 69.384 *Yes
6.542 72.498 69.384 No
(H) 6.667 74.000 69.384 No
(1.5H) 9.750 111.000 69.384 No
11.958 137.498 69.384 No
(SZB) 12.170 140.037 69.384 No
(SZB) 12.920 149.037 69.384 No
14.591 169.092 69.384 No
* - Intersection values are linearly interpolated

5.2 Check Ultimate Shear Capacity

5.2.1 Compute Nominal Shear Resistance

The nominal shear resistance, Vn, is the lesser of:
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.25𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝
for which

71
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 = 0.0316𝛽𝛽�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣

𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 =
𝑠𝑠
where
bv = Effective web width taken as the minimum web width within the depth dv.
dv = Effective shear depth
s = Stirrup spacing
β = Factor indicating ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit tension
θ = Angle of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses
Av = Area of shear reinforcement within a distance s
Vp = Component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective prestressing force,
positive if resisting the applied shear.

[Link] Determination of β and θ

Step 1: Determine bv
bv is the effective web width. For this girder 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 = 6.125𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖.
Step 2: Determine dv
dv is the distance measured perpendicular to the neutral axis, between the resultants of the tensile and compressive forces due
to flexure (internal moment arm), but it need not be taken less than the greater of 0.9de or 0.72h.

Figure 5-2: Effective Shear Dimensions for Strength I

From a flexural capacity analysis at the critical section the Moment Arm =59.470 in, de =77.094 in, and h =81 in.
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 59.470𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 �0.9𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑒 = 0.9(77.094𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 69.384𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
0.72ℎ = 0.72(81𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 58.32𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Step 3: Compute stress in prestressing steel when the stress in the surrounding concrete is 0.0 ksi
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.70𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 189𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Step 4: Compute the longitudinal strain on the flexural tension side of the beam

�|𝑀𝑀
𝑑𝑑
𝑢𝑢 |+0.5𝑁𝑁 +�𝑉𝑉 −𝑉𝑉 �−𝐴𝐴 𝑓𝑓 �
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢 𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑣𝑣
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 < 0
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 + 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

72
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

At the critical section the flexural tension side is the bottom half of the beam. The area of concrete and area of steel on the
flexural tension side are identified in 3.

Flexural Tension Side

Act
h/2
Aps

Figure 5-3: Flexural Tension Side of Beam with Area of Concrete and Area of Steel Identified

The longitudinal strain parameters are:

𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 2603.98 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 = 0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 413.73 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 43.18 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 – 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � = 370.54 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 69.384 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 = 0 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 = 29000 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 9.143 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
73
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 507.406 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2

𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 = 5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
|2603.98𝑘𝑘∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓|� �
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� 69.384𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
+0.5(0)+370.54𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘−�9.143𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 �(189𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�

𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = = −0.279𝑥𝑥10−3 < 0

(29000𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) + (28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(9.143𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 ) + (5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(507.406𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )
Step 5: Compute β and θ
4.8 4.8
𝛽𝛽 = = = 6.07
(1 + 750𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 ) �1 + (750)(−0.279𝑥𝑥10−3 )�
𝜃𝜃 = 29 + 3500𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 29 + (3500)(−0.279𝑥𝑥10−3 ) = 28.02°

[Link] Compute Shear Capacity of Concrete

Vc = 0.0316βλ�fc′ bv dv = 0.0316(6.07)(1.0)√8.7ksi(6.125in)(69.384in) = 240.51 kip

[Link] Compute Shear Capacity of Transverse Reinforcement

For #5 stirrups at 6”, 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 = 0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 .
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃 (0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 )(60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(69.384𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 28.02
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 𝜆𝜆𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = (1.0) = 808.29 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑠𝑠 6 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Compute Nominal Shear Capacity of Section

𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛1 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 240.51 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 43.18 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 808.29 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 1091.99 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛2 = 0.25𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 0.25(8.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(69.384 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 43.18 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 967.51𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛2 governs
𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 0.9(967.51 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 870.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

[Link] Check Ultimate Shear Capacity

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 413.73 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ≤ 𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 870.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK
Repeat these calculations at all locations where stirrup size or spacing changes or where the applied shear abruptly changes.

5.2.2 Check Requirement for Transverse Reinforcement

Transverse reinforcement is required when 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 > 0.5𝜙𝜙�𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �. (LRFD [Link])
0.5𝜙𝜙�𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � = 0.5(0.9)(240.51 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 43.18 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 127.66 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 413.73 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Vu exceeds the limiting value; therefore, transverse reinforcement is required at this section. Transverse reinforcement is
provided. OK

5.2.3 Check Minimum Transverse Reinforcement

Where transverse reinforcement is required, as specified in LRFD [Link], the area of steel shall not be less than 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠 (6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(6 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
0.0316�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑣𝑣 = 0.0316√8.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.057 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 < 0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

OK
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 6.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
This can also be represented as 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.0316�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.0316√8.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0.0095 = 0.114 .
𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 60 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

74
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

5.2.4 Check Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement

The spacing of the transverse reinforcement shall not exceed the following:
• If 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 < 0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ then 𝑠𝑠 ≤ 0.8𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ≤ 24 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
• If 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 ≥ 0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ then 𝑠𝑠 ≤ 0.4𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ≤ 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � |413.73 − 0.9(43.18)|
𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 = = = 0.98 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜙𝜙𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 0.9(6.125)(69.384)
0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 0.125(8.7 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1.09 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢 = 0.98 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0.125𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 1.09 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑠𝑠𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.8𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 0.8(69.384 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 55.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ≤ 24 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 (18 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊) → 𝑠𝑠𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 18 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
The actual spacing is 6.0 in. OK

Per WSDOT BDM 5.2.2.B.4, the maximum spacing of transverse reinforcement is limited to 18 inches

5.3 Check Longitudinal Reinforcement for Shear

At each section, the tensile capacity of the longitudinal reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member shall be
proportioned to satisfy:
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ≥ � + 0.5 + �� − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃�
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝜙𝜙𝑎𝑎 𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣
At the inside edge of the bearing area of simple end supports to the section of critical shear, the longitudinal reinforcement on
the flexural tension side of the member shall satisfy:
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ≥ � − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃
𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣
At the critical section, all the harped strands are above the mid-height of the girder. The harped strands are not on the flexural
tension side (See LRFD Figure [Link].2-2)
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (44)(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 ) = 9.548𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
From the moment capacity analysis, 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝,𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 126.855𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 which takes into account the lack of full development per LRFD
[Link].2. Do not apply the reduction again in these calculations.
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 69.382𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 = 413.73𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 459.70𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 43.18𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜃𝜃 = 28.02°
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 413.73𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
� − 0.5𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃 = � − 0.5(459.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 43.18𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘� 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 28.02° = 350.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 0.9
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (9.548𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(126.885𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 1211.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1211.5kip ≥ 350.7kip OK

75
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

5.4 Check Horizontal Interface Shear

This entire design assumes that the slab and girder work together to form a composite section. Verify the slab-girder interface
has adequate capacity to develop this composite action.

5.4.1 Check Nominal Capacity

The critical section for shear location is used to demonstrate these calculations. A complete design will verify the slab-girder
interface capacity at various sections along the girder.

[Link] Compute Nominal Capacity

𝐾𝐾 𝑓𝑓 ′ 𝐴𝐴
The nominal shear resistance at the slab-girder interface is 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑐𝑐𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝜇𝜇�𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 � ≤ 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 1 𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝐾𝐾2 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
where
Vni = Nominal shear resistance (kip)
Acv = Area of concrete engaged in shear transfer (in2)
Avf = Area of shear reinforcement crossing the shear plane (in2)
fy = Yield strength of reinforcement (ksi)
c = Cohesion factor
µ = Friction factor
Pc = Permanent net compressive force normal to the shear plane, or 0.0 kip if tensile (kip)
f’c = Specified 28-day strength of the weaker concrete (ksi)
K1 = 0.3
K2 = 1.8
The top flange of the girder, which is a roughened surface, supports the deck slab. For this situation c = 0.280 ksi and µ = 1.0.
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
The area of concrete engaged in the shear transfer: 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝐿𝐿𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = (49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) �1 � = 49 .
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

0.62 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
The area of shear reinforcement consists of the stirrups extending from the web into the slab (#5 @ 3.5 in): 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = =
3.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
0.177 = 2.126 .
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

It is conservative to take 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.

𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑐𝑐𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝜇𝜇�𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 � = (0.280 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� + 1.0 ��2.126 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � (60𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) + 0 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘� = 292.183 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝐾𝐾1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.3(4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� = 705.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝐾𝐾2 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.8 �49 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
� = 1058.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 292.183 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 0.9(292.183 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘⁄𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 262.965 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘/𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Compute Demand

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
The factored interface shear stress for a concrete girder/slab bridge may be determined as 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = . The factored interface
𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
shear force for a concrete girder/slab bridge may be determined as 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 . Substituting Equation [Link]-1 into [Link]-
𝑉𝑉
2 the interface shear force is 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ = 𝑢𝑢 .
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣

At the critical section, Vu = 413.73 kip.

76
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 𝑄𝑄 (413.73𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(12199.9𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3 ) 𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ = = (12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖/𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) = 48.589
𝐼𝐼 (1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ ≤ 𝑉𝑉𝑟𝑟
OK

5.4.2 Check Minimum Reinforcement

The LRFD specification requires a minimum amount of shear reinforcement in the slab-girder interface. Check to make sure
this requirement is satisfied.
0.05𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣
The cross-sectional area, Avf, of the reinforcement per unit length should not be less than .
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦

For a cast-in-place concrete slab on clean concrete girder surface free of laitance:
• The minimum interface shear reinforcement need not exceed the lessor of the amount determined using Eqn.
1.33𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢ℎ
[Link]-1 and the amount needed to resist as determined using Eqn [Link]-3
𝜙𝜙
• The minimum reinforcement provisions shall be waived for girder/slab interfaces with surface roughened to an
amplitude of 0.25 in where the factored interface shear stress, 𝑣𝑣𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 of Eqn [Link]-1 is less than 0.210 ksi, and all
vertical (transverse) shear reinforcement required by the provisions of Article [Link] is extended across the interface
and adequately anchored into the slab.
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 48.589 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜐𝜐𝑢𝑢ℎ = = = 0.083 < 0.210
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
49
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
This requirement is waived.
OK
The maximum allowable spacing of the transverse reinforcement is 24.0 in. The actual spacing at this section is 3.5 in. The
maximum spacing along the length of the girder is 18.0 in. OK

6 Check the “A” Dimension

The slab offset, or “A” dimension in WSDOT terminology, was assumed to be 12.5in. Verify the haunch is large enough to
accommodate the camber, but not too large that the girder has to carry unnecessary dead load. For such a large girder, an
extra inch of concrete over the top flange can add up to a considerable amount of weight.
The haunch depth is to be such that at the mid-span the distance between the bottom of the slab and the top of the girder is
equal to the slab fillet dimension, 0.75in. Account for geometric effects due to the roadway and camber. The haunch depth at
the bearing is Ahaunch = Aslab+fillet + Aprofile effect + Agirder orientation effect + Aexcess camber .

6.1 Slab and Fillet

The slab and fillet is the gross slab depth plus the fillet dimension. If the actual camber is exactly equal to the predicted value,
and all deflections are as predicted, the top of the girder will be exactly t fillet below the bottom of the deck at its closest point.

77
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 6-1: Slab + Fillet Effect

𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 7.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 8.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

6.2 Profile Effect

PGSuper uses a general approach to determine the profile effect. Draw a chord line from the point where a vertical line
passing through the CL Bearings intersect the deck. Then the profile effect is the maximum difference in elevation between
this chord line and the roadway surface.

Figure 6-2: General Method for Profile Effect

78
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

The entire bridge is within the limits of the horizontal and vertical curves. Also, there are no superelevation transitions within
the limits of the bridge. Therefore, the simplified method of computing the profile effect can be used as described in WSDOT
BDM Appendix 5-B1.

6.2.1 Vertical Curve

Figure 6-3: Vertical Curve Effect

1.5(𝑔𝑔2 − 𝑔𝑔1 )𝐿𝐿2𝑔𝑔 1.5�−1.5% − (−2%)�(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2

𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = = 0.332 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
100𝐿𝐿𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 100(600𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

79
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

6.2.2 Horizontal Curve

Figure 6-4: Horizontal Curve Effect

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.5𝑆𝑆 2 𝑚𝑚 1.5(159.578 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 �0.04 �
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑐𝑐 = (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = = 0.255𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑅𝑅 6000 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

6.2.3 Profile Effect

𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 + 𝐴𝐴ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 0.332𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.255𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 0.587𝑖𝑖

6.3 Girder Orientation Effect

𝑤𝑤𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
The girder orientation effect accounts for the crown slope and the orientation of the girder. 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝑚𝑚 .
2

80
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 6-5: Girder Orientation Effect

𝑊𝑊𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑚𝑚𝑑𝑑 49𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 0.04 − 0

𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 =� �� = � � = 0.980𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
�1 + 𝑚𝑚𝑔𝑔 2 √1 + 02

6.4 Excess Camber

The excess camber is the camber that remains in the girder after all the loads are applied.

Figure 6-6: Camber Effect

The graphic below illustrates how the girder deflects over time.

81
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Figure 6-7: Camber Diagram

Assume time-dependent deformations end after deck casting

𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡

𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝, 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ
𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )�𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
𝛥𝛥𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
𝛿𝛿𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑐𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = [𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) − 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )]�𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 )�𝛥𝛥𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝛥𝛥𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝛿𝛿𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 �
𝛥𝛥𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝛥𝛥𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
𝛥𝛥ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
𝛥𝛥𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑡𝑡
𝛥𝛥𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝛥𝛥1 = �𝛥𝛥𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �
𝛥𝛥2 = 𝛥𝛥1 + 𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1
𝛥𝛥3 = 𝛥𝛥2 + 𝛥𝛥𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝛥𝛥𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝛥𝛥4 = 𝛥𝛥3 + 𝛥𝛥𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2

82
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝛥𝛥5 = 𝛥𝛥4 + 𝛥𝛥𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + ∆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ

𝛥𝛥6 = 𝛥𝛥𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 𝛥𝛥5 + 𝛥𝛥𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏

6.4.1 Compute Creep Coefficients

The creep coefficients for release until erection and deck casting are computed above.
Prestress release until erection 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡ℎ = 90, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 90, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 0.852
Prestress release until deck casting 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 1) = 0.912
Compute creep coefficient for erection to deck casting
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5
𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓 = = 0.610
1 + 7.4
(120 − 90)
𝑘𝑘𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = 0.488
100 − 4(7.4)
12 � � + (120 − 90)
7.4 + 20
𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 120, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 90) = 1.9(1.04)(0.96)(0.610)(0.488)(90)−0.118 = 0.331

6.4.2 Compute Deflections

Girder Deflection, for the erected girder
5𝑤𝑤𝐿𝐿4 5(−1.058𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)4 1728𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
∆𝑔𝑔 = = � � = −3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
384𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 384(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 3
Prestress Deflection, 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 7.161𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. This is the deflection measured relative to the ends of the girder. The deflection at the
CL Bearing based on the release datum is 𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.263𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. The prestress deflection measured relative to the bearings is
𝛥𝛥𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 7.161𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.263𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep Deflection during Storage, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 0.852(6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 2.639𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Diaphragm Deflection, ∆𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = −0.141𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Slab Deflection, ∆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = −2.610𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Haunch Deflection, ∆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = −0.808𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Because the girder concrete has gained strength, not all the deflection due to the installation of the temporary top strands is
recoverable. The elastic rebound due to temporary strand removal is
𝑃𝑃 = 162.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
2 (162.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)2 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿
∆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 0.655𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
8𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 8(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
Measured relative to the bearings, 𝛥𝛥𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 0.628 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep Deflection between diaphragm and deck casting, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = (0.912 − 0.852)(6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) +
(0.331)(0.655 − 0.141𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 0.356𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖. Since the girder is stored at the locations of the bearings 𝛿𝛿𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = 0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Traffic Barrier Deflection, ∆𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −0.457𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆1 = −3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3.096𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆2 = 3.096𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 2.639𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.735𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆3 = 5.735𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.141𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.628𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 6.222𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆4 = 6.222𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.347𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 6.569𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 𝐷𝐷120

83
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

∆5 = 6.569𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 2.610𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.808𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3.150𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆6 = 3.150𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.457𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 2.693𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = ∆𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒
The screed camber, 𝐶𝐶 = 𝛥𝛥4 − 𝛥𝛥6 = 3.876 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

6.5 Check Required Haunch

The required haunch is 𝛢𝛢ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 𝛢𝛢𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝛢𝛢𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 +𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 + 𝛢𝛢𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝛢𝛢ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = 8.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.98𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.587𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 2.693𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 12.51 = 12.50 (𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑒 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 1/4") 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
The provided haunch is 12.5 in. OK

6.6 Compute Lower Bound Camber at 40 days

6.6.1 Creep Coefficients

Creep coefficients are computed the same as before, assuming erection at 10 days and deck casting at 40 days.
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 10, 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 = 1) = 0.257
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 �𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓 = 40, 𝑡𝑡1 = 1� = 0.638
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 = 40, 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 = 10) = 0.429

6.6.2 Compute Deflections

Creep Deflection during Storage, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 = 0.257(6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 0.795𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Creep Deflection between diaphragm and deck casting, ∆𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 = (0.638 − 0.257)(6.897𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 3.802𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) +
(0.429)(0.655 − 0.141𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) = 1.399𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆1 = 3.096𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆2 = 3.096𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.795𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 3.891𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆3 = 3.891𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 0.141𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 0.628𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 4.378𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆4 = 4.378𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 1.399𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 5.78𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 𝐷𝐷40
This is an upper bound value for camber at 40 days. There is a ±25% natural variation in camber from the mean value.
Therefore, lower bound camber at 40 days = 0.5𝐷𝐷40 = 2.884 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

6.7 Check for Possible Girder Sag

When the screed camber, C, exceeds the deflection at slab casting, D, the girder will have a net downward deflection, also
known as sag. The sag condition is most likely to occur for rapidly constructed bridges.
Compare the screed camber to the average value of camber at 40 days to determine the potential for sag. The average value is
75% ∆40 = (0.75)(5.769in) = 4.327in
Δexcess = D − C
∆5 = 5.769 − 2.610 − 0.808 = 2.351in
∆6 = 2.351 − 0.457 = 1.894in = ∆excess
C = ∆4 − ∆6 = 5.769 − 1.894 = 3.875in
3.875in < 4.327in OK

7 Bearing Seat Elevations

From the PGSuper Bridge Geometry Report, the roadway surface elevations at the CL Bearing points for Girder A are:
Abutment 1, Sta. 7+02.70, Offset 17.463ft L, Elev. 104.688ft
84
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Abutment 2, Sta. 8+61.82, Offset 17.457ft L, Elev. 101.748ft

104.688𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓−101.748𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The slope of the girder is = −0.0184
159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

The slope-adjusted height of the girder is 74𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ��(−0.0184)2 + (1)2 � = 74.013𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Deduct the sloped adjusted girder height and the slab offset from the roadway surface elevation to get the bottom of girder
elevation.
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom of girder elevation at Abutment 1: Elev = 104.688𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 74.013𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � − 12.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � = 97.479𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Bottom of girder elevation at Abutment 2: Elev = 101.748𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 − 74.013𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � − 12.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 � � = 94.538𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

After designing the bearings, add the bearing recess (typically ½”) and deduct the bearing depth from the bottom of girder
elevation to get the bearing seat elevation.

8 Design Summary
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐′ = 7.2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
# 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = 61 (44 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆ℎ𝑡𝑡, 17 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻)
# 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = 4
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 ("A" 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷) = 12.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 8′ 3"
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 13′8"
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = 40,000 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤ℎ 72" 𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻40 − 72)
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑈 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

9 Load Rating
The bridge opens for traffic without the future overlay installed. For this reason, take the DW force effects associated with
the overlay as zero. Installing the overlay necessitates updating the load rating analysis.

9.1 Inventory Rating

9.1.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
At 0.5L
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

85
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 3804.05
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 17099.79𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
(1.0)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.39 ∴ 1.0
14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.75
(1)(1)(1)(1)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.68
(1.75)(3804.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

9.1.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 10.388ft and 142.908ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 90.13
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.75
(1)(1)(0.9)(518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.78
(1.75)(90.13𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

9.1.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state

𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑓𝑓𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
Per WSDOT BDM 13.2.4, use the AASHTO LRFD specifications tension stress limit and live load factor for load rating
purposes.
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 0.19(1.0)√8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−6.221𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.560𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−6.221𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 6.781𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Since we are using refined losses and elastic gains, the live load factor is 1.0 (See AASHTO LRFD Table 3.4.1-4).
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.0
6.781𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (1.0)(4.268𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 1.0(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 1.40
(1.0)(1.789𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

86
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

9.2 Operating Rating

9.2.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
At 0.5L
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 3804.05
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 17099.79𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
(1.0)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.39 ∴ 1.0
14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.35
(1)(1)(1)(1)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.18
(1.35)(3804.05𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

9.2.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 10.388ft and 142.908ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 90.13
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.35
(1)(1)(0.9)(518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.38
(1.35)(90.13𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

9.3 Legal Loads

Type 3, MLLIM = 1404.25k ∙ ft
87
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Type 3S2, MLLIM = 1826.63k ∙ ft

Type 3-3, MLLIM = 1931.27k ∙ ft
Type 3-3 rating will govern so we will show calculations of the rating factors for this loading. The rating factor calculations
for the other loadings will be similar. The rating factor calculations for NRL, EV2 and EV3 are similar.

9.3.1 Moment
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝐾𝐾𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 ≥ 0.85
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟
𝐾𝐾 = ≤ 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
At 0.5L
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1931.27
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 17099.79𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � = 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.33𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
(1.0)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝐾𝐾 = = 1.39 ∴ 1.0
14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.45
(1)(1)(1)(1)(20526.2𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.25)(7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 4.0
(1.45)(1931.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)

9.3.2 Shear
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
At 10.388ft and 142.908ft (location where stirrup spacing increases)
𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐 = 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 = 1.0, 𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 0.9
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 0.0𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑉𝑉𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 90.13
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.25, 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 1.50, 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.45
(1)(1)(0.9)(518.10𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.25)(147.84𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − (1.5)(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 4.29
(1.45)(90.13𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
88
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

9.3.3 Bending Stress – Service III limit state

In accordance with WSDOT BDM 13.1.1 Service III ratings for legal loads can be ignored at the discretion of the state Load
Rating Engineer. Without a variance for this structure, the Service III rating factor will be computed.
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 − 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑓𝑓𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
For load rating we use the AASHTO specified tension limit and live load factor
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.19𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ − 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
Before we can compute the stress in the girder due to the prestressing, we must compute the effective prestress accounting for
the elastic gain for to the Type 3-3 loading.
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (1931.27𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � �
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5886.891 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1243580.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= 4.032𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑃𝑃 = (13.237𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(172.059𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.032𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 2330.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−2330.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (−2330.92𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = + = −6.086𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 20594.8𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛3
𝑓𝑓𝑅𝑅 = 0.19(1.0)√8.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−6.086𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 0.560𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (−6.086𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 6.647𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 1.0
6.647𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − (1.0)(4.268𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) − 1.0(0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = = 2.62
(1.0)(0.909𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

9.3.4 Special Hauling Vehicles (SHV)

WSDOT policy (BDM 13.2.19) requires bridges to be load rated for SHVs if the rating factor for Type 3, Type 3S2, or
Type3-3 are less than 1.35. The legal load rating factors exceed this threshold, so the additional load rating analysis is not
required.

9.4 Permit Loads

WSDOT load rates bridges for two standard overload vehicles, Overload 1 (OL1) and Overload 2 (OL2). The vehicle details
are presented in WSDOT BDM 13.1.5.
The load ratings for the permit loads are the same as the legal loads (with the obvious exception of the live load effects and
load factors being different).
In accordance with WSDOT BDM 13.1.1 Service III ratings for permit loads can be ignored at the discretion of the state
Load Rating Engineer. Without a variance for this structure, the Service III rating factor is computed.
The rating factors are summarized in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1: Load rating summary for permit vehicles.
Permit Vehicle Moment Rating Shear Rating Service III Stress Rating
OL1 3.58 3.98 1.98
OL2 1.95 2.18 1.15

89
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

WSDOT also evaluates the optional reinforcement yielding check (MBE 6A.5.4.2.2b). The stress in the prestressing steel
nearest the extreme tension fiber should not exceed 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 . The analysis method used by PGSuper follows MBE A3.13.4.2b.
𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟 = 0.9𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 = (0.9)(0.9)𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = (0.9)(0.9)(270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Moment beyond cracking
𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 𝛾𝛾𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑀𝑀𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 𝛾𝛾𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 − 𝑀𝑀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Unlike the other permit rating cases where the one loaded lane live load distribution factor is used (MBE 6A.4.5.4.2b), use
the governing of one loaded lane and two or more loaded lanes for these calculations (MBE C6A.5.4.2.2b).
For OL1, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 2605.89𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 per girder.
For OL2, 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 4794.03𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 per girder
𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = (1.0)(7466.6𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) + (1.0)(0) + (1.0)(4794.03𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) − 14707.13𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = −2446.5𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Because 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 < 0, the loads aren’t enough to cause cracking, so take 𝑀𝑀𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 0.0𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The additional stress transferred to the reinforcement due to cracking is
Es Mbcr (ds − c)
fbcr = = 0.0ksi
Eg Icr
fs = fpe + fbcr
Compute the effective prestress
For OL1
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (2065.89𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � �
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5886.891 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1243580.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= 4.312𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 172.056𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.312𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 176.37 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 176.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 176.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
For OL2
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 �𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 − 𝑌𝑌𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑒𝑒� 28500𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (4794.03𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)(48.867𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 − 35.657𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 31.477𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = = � �
𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑐𝑐 5886.891 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1243580.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= 10.01𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 172.056𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 10.01𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 182.07 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 = 182.07𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Yield stress ratio
𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 =
𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠
OL1
218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = = 1.24
176.37𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
OL2
218.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = = 1.20
182.07𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

90
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

10 Elastomeric Bearing Design

10.1 Introduction

The primary function of bearings is to transmit loads from the superstructure to the substructure while also accommodating
longitudinal movement and/or rotations. They also provide vertical support to the superstructure, allow free rotation, control
transfer of lateral loads to the substructure, and control the thermal restraint forces.
Steel-reinforced elastomeric bearings consist of alternating layers of ASTM A36 steel shims (typically 14 gage thickness)
with a constant-amplitude fatigue threshold of 24.0 ksi, and elastomer layers.
AASHTO LRFD Method B is the preferred method when bearings are reinforced. Checks include the limits for shear strain
due to the combined effects of compression, rotation and shear deformation, and limits for stability, reinforcement thickness,
anchorage requirements, bearing slip, and hydrostatic tension (if the bearing has externally bonded plates).

91
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

10.2 Loads And Movements for Analysis

The diagram below illustrates shear strain failure modes for bearings due to vertical forces, rotations, and translation.
Figure 10-1: Illustration of failure modes for elastomeric bearings

10.2.1 Loads

From PG Super:
𝑃𝑃𝐷𝐷 = 215.60 kips

𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 118.85 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝐷𝐷 = Dead load

𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = Vertical live load per lane

Lane live loads are assumed to be distributed evenly over bearings:

𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 × 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 0.85 × 3

𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = = = 0.425
𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 6

𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿 = 118.85 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 0.425 = 50.51 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿 = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙

10.2.2 Rotations
Rotations θst and θcy are observed from the time the girder is erected to the final time. Static rotations include an
allowance of ∓ 0.005 radians for uncertainty (LRFD [Link]). Live loads do not include impact. The slope of the
bearing recess is such that the girder end is flat in the final service condition.

[Link] Flexural Rotations

Flexural rotations are due to rotation at the end of the girder, about the primary bending axis.
Girder:
92
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

(−1.058 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2

𝜃𝜃𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 = � � = −6.35 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
24(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
Diaphragm:
𝜃𝜃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 =
1.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 39.894 ft (159.578 ft − 39.894 ft )(159.578 ft × 2 − 39.894 ft ) 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
� �
6 × 159.578 ft × (5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
1.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 79.789 ft (159.578 ft − 79.789 ft )(159.578 ft × 2 − 79.789 ft ) 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
+ � �
6 × 159.578 ft × (5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
1.76 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 119.683 ft (159.578 ft − 119.683 ft )(159.578 ft × 2 − 119.683 ft ) 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
+ � �
6 × 159.578 ft × (5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
= −8.16 × 10−5 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 9.33 × 10−5 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 6.21 × 10−5 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = −2.3 × 10−4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Slab and haunch:
Since the slab and haunch loads are non-uniformly distributed along the girder, the corresponding end rotation
would be complex to calculate by hand, so the results from PG Super are provided:
𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = −0.00436 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝜃𝜃ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ = −0.00135 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Barrier:
(−0.230 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝜃𝜃𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = � � = 7.64 × 10−4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
24(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
Overlay:
(−0.232 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(159.578𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)3 144𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝜃𝜃𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 = � � = 7.71 × 10−4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
24(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(1246570.6𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡 2
Temporary top stand removal:
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 (162.93𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = 1.3395 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 2(5886.891𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Straight strands:
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 (1719.95𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(31.447𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = � � = 0.01302 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 2(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Harped strands:
𝐿𝐿(𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 + 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁(1 − 𝑏𝑏))
𝜃𝜃ℎ𝑠𝑠 =
2𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥
12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � [664.52 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(−26.813𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 48.91𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) � � (0.4)(1 − 0.4)]
1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
=
2(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 )
= −1.238 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Temporary top strand at release:
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 4(0.217𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(202.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 1.98𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘) = 174.05 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 (174.05 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(−36.343𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(162.995𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝜃𝜃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = = � � = −0.00152 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥 2(5530.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 ) 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
93
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Total prestress:
𝜃𝜃𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝜃𝜃ℎ𝑠𝑠 + 𝜃𝜃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 0.01302 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 1.238 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 0.00152 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 0.01274 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

Creep:
𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = �𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) − 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 )��𝜃𝜃𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 𝜃𝜃𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � + 𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 )�𝜃𝜃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝜃𝜃𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �

From before,
𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 ) = 0.331
𝜓𝜓𝑏𝑏 (𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 0.912
𝜓𝜓(𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑒 , 𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑖 ) = 0.852

𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = (0.912 − 0.852)(−6.35 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 0.01274 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) + 0.331(−2.3 × 10−4 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 1.3395 × 10−3 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟)
= 0.00074 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Total static rotation:
θst = *𝜃𝜃𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + ⬚∗𝜃𝜃𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝜃𝜃𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝜃𝜃ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ + 𝜃𝜃𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝜃𝜃𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 + 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝜃𝜃𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢

= 0.00000 + 0.00000 − 0.00023 − 0.00436 − 0.00135 − 0.00076 − 0.00077 + 0.00074 − 0.005

= −0.01174 rad

*Since girder self-weight and pretension rotations happen immediately after release (i.e., before erection), they are
considered to be 0 since they are included in the slope of the bearing recess. Instead, these rotations are used for
calculating rotation due to creep. For conservative design, long-term rotations resulting in girder bottom flange
elongation due to deck shrinkage are ignored.

Live load rotations are computed per girder, by PG Super:

θcy = 𝜃𝜃𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿−𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = −0.00303 rad

[Link] Torsional Rotations

Torsional rotations are due to girder twisting about the girder longitudinal axis due to skew at the abutment. There are no
torsional rotations since there is no skew at Pier 1.

10.2.3 Shear Deformation

75% of the thermal movement between design extreme temperatures is used for shear deformation (WSDOT BDM 9.2.5A).
The total shear deformation is the sum of the effects of thermal movement combined with time-dependent effects due to
creep, shrinkage, and relaxation:
∆s = 0.75∆thermal + ∆cr + ∆sh + ∆rel

94
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

[Link] Apparent Point of Fixity (PCI BDM 10.4.2)

Changes in girder length due to volume changes (e.g. thermal expansion, shrinkage, etc.) are over the distance from an
apparent point of fixity. For a single span girder between expansion joints, the apparent point of fixity is:
159.578 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐿𝐿 = = 79.789 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
2
The diagram below illustrates the concept used to determine the apparent point of fixity:
Diagram 10-2: Illustration of Apparent Point of Fixity Concept

[Link] Thermal Movement

∆𝐿𝐿 𝑇𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 0.75𝐿𝐿 × 𝛼𝛼 × ∆ 𝑇𝑇

𝛼𝛼 = 6 × 10−6 /℉
This design assumes cold climate conditions.
Procedure A is used for temperature range between extreme design temperatures (LRFD Article [Link]):
∆ 𝑇𝑇 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 80 − 0 = 80 ℉
12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
→ ∆𝐿𝐿 𝑇𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 0.75 × 79.789 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � � × (6 × 10−6 /℉ ) × 80 ℉ = 0.345 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

[Link] Time Dependent Deformation

The process for determining time-dependent deformation includes calculating the prestressing strand shortening due
to prestress losses, then using strain compatibility to determine the corresponding change in length at the girder
bottom flange-to-bearing interface.

95
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

The following formula is used to calculate the prestressing strand shortening from the time of transfer to deck
placement. It is assumed that two-thirds of the deformation occurs between prestress release and girder erection, and
the remaining one-third occurs between girder erection and deck placement:
1 ∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝 × L
∆𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = − ×
3 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

From PCI BDM Eq. [Link].2-6, the following formula is used to determine the corresponding bottom flange
shortening:

𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏
�1 + � 𝐼𝐼𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4
∆𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑟𝑟 2 (∆𝐿𝐿 ), 𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑟𝑟 = � =� = 28.199 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝2 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
�1 + 2 �
𝑟𝑟

𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏 15.848 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 × 35.779 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

�1 + 2 �
�1 + �
𝑟𝑟 (28.199𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
→ = = 1.30188
𝑒𝑒𝑝𝑝2 (15.848 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2
�1 + 2 � �1 + �
𝑟𝑟 (28.199 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2

Creep:
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = −14.327𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

1 14.327𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 79.789 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = × � � = −0.155 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
3 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

→ ∆𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.30188 × −0.155 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −0.202 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Shrinkage:
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = −5.022𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

1 5.022𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 79.789 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = × � � = −0.062 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
3 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

→ ∆𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏−𝑠𝑠ℎ = 1.30188 × −0.062 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −0.080 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

Relaxation:
∆𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝1 = −1.007𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

96
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

1 1.007𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 79.789 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 12 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

∆𝐿𝐿𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡−𝑟𝑟1 = × � � = −0.013 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
3 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

→ ∆𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏−𝑟𝑟1 = 1.30188 × −0.013 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = −0.017 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

[Link] Total Shear Deformation

∆𝑠𝑠 = −0.345" − 0.202" − 0. 080" − 0.017" = −0.644"

10.3 Design Parameters

The loads and movements calculated above are included in the PGSuper Bearing Design Parameters report. The remaining
calculations in this example are used by the BEToolbox BrgCalc application, for designing the bearing.
Elastomer stiffness, G = 165 psi
Movement is free in both the transverse direction, and the longitudinal direction
Try:
Rectangular bearing @ L = 8”, W=20”
2 elastomer layers, 3 steel shims
Elastomer thickness: ½”
Steel thickness: 14-gage = 0.075”
𝐴𝐴 = 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 × 20in = 160 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

PD 215.60kip
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, σst = = = 1.35 ksi
A 160 in2

50.51 kips
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = 0.316 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
160 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

215.60 kips + 50.51 kips

𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠 = = 1.663 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
160 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2

𝐴𝐴 160 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2
𝑆𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹, 𝑆𝑆 = = = 5.71
2 × ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 × (𝐿𝐿 + 𝑊𝑊) 2 × 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 × (8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)

10.4 Layer Thickness Check

10.4.1 Steel Shim Thickness (LRFD [Link].5)

97
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Minimum for fabrication (Article 4.5, AASHTO M 251):

0.075in > 0.0625in OK
Minimum for Service Limit State:
𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠 1.663𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ℎ𝑠𝑠, 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 3 × ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 × = 3 × 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 × = 0.069𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 < 0.075𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 OK
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 36.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

Minimum for Fatigue Limit State:

𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.316𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ℎ𝑠𝑠, 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 2 × ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 × = 2 × 0.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 × = 0.013in < 0.075𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 OK
𝑓𝑓𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 24.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

10.4.2 Elastomer Thickness (LRFD [Link].2-1)

2 × ∆𝑠𝑠−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 0.644𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1.288𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 < 1.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 OK

10.5 Combined Shear Strain Check (LRFD [Link].3)

Method B considers the combined shear strain due to axial force, rotation, and displacement.
Compressibility Index, λ = S × �3 × G/K = 5.71�3 × 0.165ksi/450ksi = 0.190
da1 = 1.06 + 0.210(0.190) + 0.413(0.190)2 = 1.11
da2 = 1.506 − 0.071(0.190) + 0.406(0.190)2 = 1.507
da3 = −0.315 + 0.195(0.190) − 0.047(0.190)2 = −0.280

0.5ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 0.5 × 0.5in = 0.25in

ℎ𝑐𝑐 = 0.25in
→ 0.25in ≥ 0.25in ∴ 𝜂𝜂 = 1

Axial shear strain coefficient:

Primary direction:
L 8
da2 + da3 × = 1.507 + (−0.280) × = 1.395 > 1.11 ∴ Da = 1.395
W 20
Secondary direction:
W 20
da2 + da3 × = 1.507 + (−0.280) × = 0.807 < 1.11 ∴ Da = 1.11
L 8

Rotational shear strain coefficient:

Primary direction:
1.552 − 0.627𝜆𝜆 1.552 − 0.627 × 0.190
𝐷𝐷𝑟𝑟 = = = 0.540 > 0.5
𝐿𝐿 8.0
2.233 + 0.156𝜆𝜆 + 2.233 + 0.156 × 0.190 +
𝑊𝑊 20.0
∴ Dr = 0.5
Secondary direction:
1.552 − 0.627𝜆𝜆 1.552 − 0.627 × 0.190
𝐷𝐷𝑟𝑟 = = = 0.302 < 0.5
𝑊𝑊 20.0
2.233 + 0.156𝜆𝜆 + 2.233 + 0.156 × 0.190 +
𝐿𝐿 8.0
∴ Dr = 0.302

98
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

Static Axial Shear Strain:

Primary direction:
𝐷𝐷𝑎𝑎 × 𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 1.395 × 1.35 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 1.994 in/in < 3.0 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71
Secondary direction:
𝐷𝐷𝑎𝑎 × 𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 1.11 × 1.35 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 1.593 in/in < 3.0 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71
Cyclic Axial Shear Strain:
Primary direction:
𝐷𝐷𝑎𝑎 × 𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.395 × 0.316 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 0.467 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖/𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71
Secondary direction:
𝐷𝐷𝑎𝑎 × 𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1.11 × 0.316 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 0.373 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖/𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71

Static Rotational Shear Strain:

Primary Direction:
𝐿𝐿 2 2
𝐷𝐷𝑟𝑟 × � � × 𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 0.5 × �8.0in� × 0.01174rad in
ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 0.5in
𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 0.501
𝑛𝑛 + 𝜂𝜂 2+1 in
Secondary Direction:
-Shear strain due to rotation in the secondary direction is based upon 0.01 radian-out-of-plumb tolerance:
𝑊𝑊 2 2
𝐷𝐷𝑟𝑟 × � � × 0.01 rad 0.302 × �20.0in� × 0.01rad in
ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 0.5in
𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 1.60
𝑛𝑛 + 𝜂𝜂 2+1 in

Cyclic Rotational Shear Strain:

Primary Direction:
𝐿𝐿 2 2
𝐷𝐷𝑟𝑟 × � � × 𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.5 × �8.0in� × 0.00303rad in
ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 0.5in
𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = = = 0.129
𝑛𝑛 + 𝜂𝜂 2+1 in
Secondary Direction:
𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0

Static Displacement Shear Strain:

Primary Direction:
∆𝑠𝑠 0.644 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 in
𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 0.429
ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 in
Secondary Direction:

99
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0 (all displacement is considered in the primary direction)

Cyclic Displacement Shear Strain:

Primary Direction:
𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0 (no displacement caused by live loads)
Secondary Direction:

𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0
Combined shear strain:
�𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � + 1.75�𝛾𝛾𝑎𝑎,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝛾𝛾𝑟𝑟,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝛾𝛾𝑠𝑠,𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 � < 5.0
Primary direction:
(1.99 + 0.500 + 0.429) + 1.75(0.467 + 0.129 + 0) = 3.97 < 5.0 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
Secondary direction:
(1.593 + 1.60 + 0) + 1.75(0.373 + 0 + 0) = 3.85 < 5.0 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

10.6 Check For Stability (LRFD [Link].4)

Primary Direction:
Translation is free ∴ 𝐾𝐾𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 2.0
𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆
𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠,𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
𝐾𝐾𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 × 𝐴𝐴 − 𝐵𝐵

1.92ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1.92(1.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝐴𝐴 = = = 0.268
𝐿𝐿 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐿𝐿�1 + 2 � � 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�1 + 2 � �
𝑊𝑊 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

2.67 2.67
𝐵𝐵 = = = 0.315
𝐿𝐿 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(𝑆𝑆 + 2) �1 + � (5.71 + 2) �1 + �
4𝑊𝑊 4 × 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

0.165𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71
𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠,𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠,𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = = 4.247 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 > 0
2.0 × 0.268 − 0.315

1.66 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 4.247 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

Secondary Direction:
Translation is free ∴ 𝐾𝐾𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = 2.0
1.92ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1.92(1.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝐴𝐴 = = = 0.0588
𝑊𝑊 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑊𝑊 �1 + 2 � � 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖�1 + 2 � �
𝐿𝐿 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

100
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

2.67 2.67
𝐵𝐵 = = = 0.213
𝑊𝑊 20𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
(𝑆𝑆 + 2) �1 + � (5.71 + 2) �1 + �
4𝐿𝐿 4 × 8𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

0.165𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.71
→ = −9.88 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 0 ∴ Does not apply
2.0 × 0.0588 − 0.213

10.7 Restraint System Requirement (LRFD [Link])

Since the bearing doesn’t have externally bonded plates, a check is needed for the applicability of a restraint system for
horizontal movement.
Elastomer Elastic Modulus using Method B:

𝐸𝐸𝐵𝐵 = 6 × 𝐺𝐺 × 𝑆𝑆 2 = 6 × 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 5.712 = 32.33 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

�𝜃𝜃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 1.75𝜃𝜃𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 � × 𝑆𝑆 × 𝐸𝐸𝐵𝐵 (0.01174𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 1.75 × 0.00303𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) × 5.71 × 32.33𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

=
3(𝑛𝑛 + 𝜂𝜂)(𝜎𝜎𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 1.75𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) 3(2 + 1)(1.34 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1.75 × 0.316 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)

= 0.184 < 1 ∴ No 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅

10.8 Bearing Pad Slip Check

Horizontal force induced by shear deformation:

𝐺𝐺 × 𝐴𝐴 × ∆𝑠𝑠 0.165 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 160.0𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 × 0.644𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐹𝐹ℎ𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 = = = 11.33 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1.5 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
Resisting friction force:
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 𝜇𝜇𝑃𝑃𝐷𝐷
𝜇𝜇 = 0.20 (𝐶𝐶[Link])
→ 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟 = 0.20 × 215.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 43.12 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
11.33 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 < 43.12 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 OK

10.9 Compressive Deflection (LRFD [Link].6)

10.9.1 Initial Dead Load Deflection

AASHTO Method B does not provide a limitation for dead load deflections. Engineering judgment should be used to
determine the appropriate limit for dead load deflection.
𝑃𝑃𝐷𝐷 × ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 215.6 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 1.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝛿𝛿𝐷𝐷−𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = = = 0.063 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐴𝐴 × 𝐸𝐸𝐵𝐵 160.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 × 32.33 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

10.9.2 Instantaneous Live Load Deflection

101
Precast, Prestressed Girder Design Example – PGSuper Training (9/17/2024)

𝑃𝑃𝐿𝐿 × ℎ𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 50.51 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 1.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

𝛿𝛿𝐿𝐿 = = = 0.015 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 < 0.125 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝐴𝐴 × 𝐸𝐸𝐵𝐵 160.0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖2 × 32.33 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

The 0.125 in limit is not required but is suggested in the LRFD Commentary.

11 Software
PGSuper is precast-prestressed girder design, analysis, and load rating software. PGSuper is part of the BridgeLink Bridge
Engineering Application Suite jointly developed by the Washington State and Texas Departments of Transportation.
Download from [Link]
This design example is based on version 8.0.

12 References
1. AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, Ninth Edition 2020, American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials, Washington, D.C., 2020
2. Brice, R., Khaleghi, B., Seguirant, S., “Design optimization for fabrication of pretensioned concrete bridge girders: An
example problem”, PCI JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 54, No. 4, Fall 2009, pp.73-111
3. Brice, R. “Designing Precast, Prestressed Concrete Bridge Girders for Lateral Stability: An Owner’s Perspective”,
Aspire, (PCI) Winter 2018, pp.10-12
4. PCI (Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute). 2016. Recommended Practice for Lateral Stability of Precast, Prestressed
Concrete Bridge Girders. CB-02-16-E. Chicago, IL: PCI
5. PCI, Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Vol 1 & 2, Precast Concrete Institute, Chicago, Illinois, 1997
6. Seguirant, S. J., "New Deep WSDOT Standard Sections Extend Spans of Prestressed Concrete Girders," PCI
JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 43, No. 4, July-August 1998, pp. 92-119
7. Seguirant, S. J., R. Brice, and B. Khaleghi. 2005, “Flexural Strength of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete T-Beams,”
PCI JOURNAL, Prestressed Concrete Institute, Chicago, IL, Vol. 50, No. 1, January-February 2005, pp. 44-73.
8. Dornsife, R., “LRFD Design of Common Bridge Elements: Decks and Bearings, Lesson 3: Design of Elastomeric
Bearings”, NHI Course Number 130081C.
9. WSDOT, Bridge Design Manual, Washington State Department of Transportation
10. WSDOT, PGSuper Technical Guide, Washington State Department of Transportation

102

Box-Girder Section Properties Analysis
No ratings yet
Box-Girder Section Properties Analysis
4 pages
Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Design
No ratings yet
Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Design
7 pages
Escalator Cantilever Beam Load Design
No ratings yet
Escalator Cantilever Beam Load Design
6 pages
Prestressed Concrete Bridge Flowcharts
No ratings yet
Prestressed Concrete Bridge Flowcharts
30 pages
AASHTO LRFD Continuous Slab Bridge Design
No ratings yet
AASHTO LRFD Continuous Slab Bridge Design
6 pages
Prestressed Bridge Design Project Report
No ratings yet
Prestressed Bridge Design Project Report
55 pages
Rectangular Column Design Calculations
No ratings yet
Rectangular Column Design Calculations
1 page
Flexural Analysis of Post-Tensioned Beams
No ratings yet
Flexural Analysis of Post-Tensioned Beams
3 pages
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Abutment Design
No ratings yet
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Abutment Design
13 pages
Satisfactory Train Load Analysis
No ratings yet
Satisfactory Train Load Analysis
102 pages
Culvert Design and Analysis Report
No ratings yet
Culvert Design and Analysis Report
27 pages
Escalator Frame Design Calculations
No ratings yet
Escalator Frame Design Calculations
35 pages
North Luzon Expressway Girder Design
No ratings yet
North Luzon Expressway Girder Design
2 pages
Understanding Prestress Losses in Concrete
No ratings yet
Understanding Prestress Losses in Concrete
34 pages
Column Design Parameters Chart
No ratings yet
Column Design Parameters Chart
2 pages
Prestressed Concrete Beam Design Summary
No ratings yet
Prestressed Concrete Beam Design Summary
54 pages
T-Girder Design Calculations and Analysis
No ratings yet
T-Girder Design Calculations and Analysis
138 pages
RC Slab Punching Shear Design ACI318
No ratings yet
RC Slab Punching Shear Design ACI318
6 pages
LRFD Load Distribution for Bridges
No ratings yet
LRFD Load Distribution for Bridges
26 pages
Span-by-Span Segmental Bridge Construction
No ratings yet
Span-by-Span Segmental Bridge Construction
12 pages
ABLRFD Version 1.3 Updates Summary
No ratings yet
ABLRFD Version 1.3 Updates Summary
35 pages
Bridge No. 5 Girder Specifications
100% (1)
Bridge No. 5 Girder Specifications
5 pages
Two-Way Slab Design Calculations
No ratings yet
Two-Way Slab Design Calculations
3 pages
Critical Path Analysis for Game Production
No ratings yet
Critical Path Analysis for Game Production
3 pages
Construction Stage Analysis of Segmental Cantilever Bridge
No ratings yet
Construction Stage Analysis of Segmental Cantilever Bridge
10 pages
Elastic Shortening in Prestressed Concrete
No ratings yet
Elastic Shortening in Prestressed Concrete
22 pages
2-Span Post-Tensioned Concrete Bridge Design
No ratings yet
2-Span Post-Tensioned Concrete Bridge Design
113 pages
Tendon Prestress Loss Calculation Algorithm
No ratings yet
Tendon Prestress Loss Calculation Algorithm
6 pages
Pier Type Y-1 Reinforcement Details
No ratings yet
Pier Type Y-1 Reinforcement Details
8 pages
Cable Rupture in Cable-Stayed Bridges
No ratings yet
Cable Rupture in Cable-Stayed Bridges
10 pages
PSC Girder Dimensions for Flyover Design
No ratings yet
PSC Girder Dimensions for Flyover Design
9 pages
Two-Way Flat Plate Design Worksheet
No ratings yet
Two-Way Flat Plate Design Worksheet
69 pages
Cracked Moment of Inertia Analysis
No ratings yet
Cracked Moment of Inertia Analysis
19 pages
Release Notes Csi Bridge V 2210
No ratings yet
Release Notes Csi Bridge V 2210
10 pages
AASHTO LRFD 2020 Beam Design Guide
No ratings yet
AASHTO LRFD 2020 Beam Design Guide
654 pages
LVUP General Arrangement Drawings
No ratings yet
LVUP General Arrangement Drawings
13 pages
Austral Precast Double Wall Columns
No ratings yet
Austral Precast Double Wall Columns
4 pages
Structural Load Analysis and Design Principles
No ratings yet
Structural Load Analysis and Design Principles
88 pages
Bridge Column Design Summary
100% (1)
Bridge Column Design Summary
5 pages
Bridge Load and Seismic Analysis Report
No ratings yet
Bridge Load and Seismic Analysis Report
3 pages
PSC Girder Design and Stress Analysis
100% (1)
PSC Girder Design and Stress Analysis
48 pages
Numerical Analysis of Punching Shear Failure
No ratings yet
Numerical Analysis of Punching Shear Failure
1 page
Design of 15.8m Pre-Stressed Slab
100% (2)
Design of 15.8m Pre-Stressed Slab
30 pages
Super T Girder Design for Hanoi Road
No ratings yet
Super T Girder Design for Hanoi Road
53 pages
Midas Bridge Load Rating Guide
No ratings yet
Midas Bridge Load Rating Guide
13 pages
Prestressed Concrete Bridges by Hewson
No ratings yet
Prestressed Concrete Bridges by Hewson
2 pages
Arch Bridge Slenderness Ratio Analysis
No ratings yet
Arch Bridge Slenderness Ratio Analysis
1 page
Composite Bridge Stability Analysis
No ratings yet
Composite Bridge Stability Analysis
134 pages
Pier Bridge Design and Cap Drawing Guide
No ratings yet
Pier Bridge Design and Cap Drawing Guide
66 pages
Camber Calculations for PCI Bridges
100% (1)
Camber Calculations for PCI Bridges
4 pages
Structural Design Report for Column
No ratings yet
Structural Design Report for Column
2 pages
PCI H230 Girder Specifications and Analysis
No ratings yet
PCI H230 Girder Specifications and Analysis
16 pages
Arch Culvert Design Calculations
No ratings yet
Arch Culvert Design Calculations
21 pages
Concrete Shear Friction Under Cyclic Loading
No ratings yet
Concrete Shear Friction Under Cyclic Loading
21 pages
PGSuper Design PTGirder Bridge Software
No ratings yet
PGSuper Design PTGirder Bridge Software
100 pages
Prestressed Concrete Girder Design Guide
No ratings yet
Prestressed Concrete Girder Design Guide
76 pages
Precamber Design for Bridge Girders
100% (1)
Precamber Design for Bridge Girders
78 pages
Post-Tensioned Girder Bridge Overview
100% (3)
Post-Tensioned Girder Bridge Overview
54 pages
Precast-Pretensioned Concrete Girders
100% (1)
Precast-Pretensioned Concrete Girders
27 pages
Long-Span Precast Girder Bridges
No ratings yet
Long-Span Precast Girder Bridges
19 pages
Importance of Active Filters For Improvement of Power Quality
No ratings yet
Importance of Active Filters For Improvement of Power Quality
8 pages
ICSHSD 2025 Conference Overview
No ratings yet
ICSHSD 2025 Conference Overview
1 page
A Level Mock Exam Timetable 2025
No ratings yet
A Level Mock Exam Timetable 2025
1 page
Nature and History of Mathematics Overview
No ratings yet
Nature and History of Mathematics Overview
7 pages
Applied Hydraulic Engineering Notes
No ratings yet
Applied Hydraulic Engineering Notes
29 pages
Lesson Plan for "When We Were Alone"
No ratings yet
Lesson Plan for "When We Were Alone"
5 pages
Double Interlock Pre-Action System Guide
No ratings yet
Double Interlock Pre-Action System Guide
6 pages
Engineering Ethics Case Studies Analysis
No ratings yet
Engineering Ethics Case Studies Analysis
5 pages
CNC Machine Tool Uncertainty Analysis
No ratings yet
CNC Machine Tool Uncertainty Analysis
4 pages
Computer Systems Overview Module
No ratings yet
Computer Systems Overview Module
160 pages
BHIM 3.0 Launch and Banking Updates
No ratings yet
BHIM 3.0 Launch and Banking Updates
9 pages
Economics Final Exam Questions 2023
No ratings yet
Economics Final Exam Questions 2023
10 pages
Brigada Eskwela 2020-2021 Report
92% (105)
Brigada Eskwela 2020-2021 Report
3 pages
Build CAN Communication Simulink Models - MATLAB & Simulink
No ratings yet
Build CAN Communication Simulink Models - MATLAB & Simulink
9 pages
Insect's Motion: Distance and Velocity
No ratings yet
Insect's Motion: Distance and Velocity
7 pages
Nigerian Constitutional Development Exam Questions
No ratings yet
Nigerian Constitutional Development Exam Questions
3 pages
Social Sciences Lesson Plan Template
No ratings yet
Social Sciences Lesson Plan Template
2 pages
Outlet Locations for Shaburi & Kintan
No ratings yet
Outlet Locations for Shaburi & Kintan
6 pages
Apos: A Constructivist Theory of Learning in Undergraduate Mathematics Education Research
No ratings yet
Apos: A Constructivist Theory of Learning in Undergraduate Mathematics Education Research
2 pages
Advertising's Impact on Children Today
No ratings yet
Advertising's Impact on Children Today
35 pages
Maxillofacial Prosthesis Overview
No ratings yet
Maxillofacial Prosthesis Overview
3 pages
SS Lab Final v1.01
No ratings yet
SS Lab Final v1.01
91 pages
IoMT Internet of Medical Things
No ratings yet
IoMT Internet of Medical Things
13 pages
Sirocco 1000W HTI Lighting Balloon
No ratings yet
Sirocco 1000W HTI Lighting Balloon
2 pages
Measuring Impact of Collaborative Consumption
No ratings yet
Measuring Impact of Collaborative Consumption
36 pages
Ebook Philosophy A Text With Readings 13th Manuel Velasquez
100% (1)
Ebook Philosophy A Text With Readings 13th Manuel Velasquez
179 pages
Z-Plane Analysis by Dr. Wajiha Shah
No ratings yet
Z-Plane Analysis by Dr. Wajiha Shah
59 pages
Advanced Communication Skills Lab Guide
No ratings yet
Advanced Communication Skills Lab Guide
26 pages
Organic Chemistry Principles Overview
No ratings yet
Organic Chemistry Principles Overview
11 pages

Precast Prestressed Bridge Girder Design

Uploaded by

Precast Prestressed Bridge Girder Design

Uploaded by

Precast, Prestress Bridge

Girder Design Example

WSDOT Bridge and Structures Office

Author Richard Brice, PE Sponsor WSDOT

4.5.2 Check Girder Stability ....................................................................................................................................... 44

7 Bearing Seat Elevations ................................................................................................................................................. 84

Date Version Name Revision

1.1 Sign Convention

2.3 Bridge Layout

Figure 2-1: Bridge Plan

Figure 2-2: Bridge Section at Station 7+82.50

Figure 2-3: Girder Dimensions

Figure 2-4: Slab Detail

3.1 Construction Sequence

Event 1 – Construct Girders and Erect Piers

Event 2 – Erect Girders

Event 3 – Remove Temporary Strands

Event 4 – Cast Deck

Event 5 – Construct Traffic Barriers

Figure 3-1 Assumed Construction Sequence

3.2 Girder Length

BPS CL Brg CL Brg BPS

Figure 3-2 Connection Geometry

3.3 Section Properties

3.3.1 Effective Flange Width

Varies 3.5ft - 4.07'ft S=7'-0"

Figure 3-3 Effective Flange Width

3.3.2 Composite Girder Properties

Modulus of elasticity of slab concrete

𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 4266.223𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘

3.3.3 First Moment of Area of deck slab,

3.3.4 Section Property Summary

Figure 3-4 Centroid of Non-composte and Composite Section

Table 3-1: Section Properties from PGSuper

Area, 𝐀𝐀 923.531 in2 1349.614 in2

3.4 Structural Analysis

3.4.1 Girder Fabrication

Moment at harp point (HP)

3.4.2 Erected Girder

[Link] Diaphragm and Deck Placement

[Link].1 Diaphragm Loads

[Link].2 Slab Loads

Figure 3-5 Main slab section for slab loading

0.000 42.440 0.725

[Link].2.1 Slab Haunch Load

Figure 3-6: Slab Haunch

The basic haunch dead load at any given section is

0.3L 4.524 0.238

[Link] Superimposed Dead Loads

[Link].1 Traffic Barrier

AASHTO permits equal distribution for barrier loads to all girders.

[Link] Open to Traffic

[Link].1 Future Overlay

[Link].2 Live Load

Design Truck + Lane Load

Design Tandem + Lane Load

Figure 3-7: HL93 Live Load Model

3.4.3 Analysis Results Summary

[Link] At Bridge Site

3.4.4 Limit State Responses

3.4.5 Live Load Distribution Factors

Compute the longitudinal stiffness parameter Kg.

I = moment of inertia of the beam (in )4

A = area of beam (in2)

Figure 3-8: eg Detail

𝐾𝐾𝑔𝑔 = 1.380[734356.0𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4 + (923.531𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 )(41.843𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)2 ] = 3244494.4𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛4

[Link] Number of Design Lanes

[Link].1 Compute Distribution Factor for Moment

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

[Link].1 Compute Distribution Factor for Shear

[Link].1.1 One Design Lane Loaded

[Link].1.2 Two or More Design Lanes Loaded

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor Summary

[Link] Live Load Distribution Factor for Fatigue Limit State

Step 1 - Design for final service conditions